cation by Vernon R. Vickery, Emeritus Curator. Curator. Emeritus Vickery, R. by Vernon cation

prehensive indication of the literature relating to all groups of orthopteroid insects insects orthopteroid of groups all to relating literature the of indication prehensive

istics of the region, giving appropriate references. Also provided was a fairly com­ fairly a was provided Also references. appropriate giving region, the of istics

hind legs adapted for jumping. In this account he outlined the scope and character­ and scope the outlined he account this In for adapted jumping. legs hind jumping hind legs, in contrast to the saltatorial orthopteroids. The Dictuoptera Dictuoptera The orthopteroids. saltatorial the to contrast in legs, hind jumping

groups of orthopteroids (grigs) of Micronesia of (grigs) orthopteroids of groups

ture has hitherto been undertaken, a provisional list of the species involved would would involved species the of list provisional a undertaken, been hitherto has ture

seem useful as a preliminary to further studies of these groups in Micronesia. in Micronesia. groups these of studies further to a preliminary as useful seem

numerous references to members of non-saltatorial groups were encountered. encountered. were groups non-saltatorial of members to references numerous

others were in more general contexts. As no previous compilation of a similar na­ similar a of compilation previous no As contexts. general more in were others

Mantoidea, are mantids; Termitodea or Isoptera are termites; Embioptera are web­ are Embioptera termites; are Isoptera or Termitodea mantids; are Mantoidea,

Some of these were in works that dealt specifically with orthopteroid insects, but but insects, orthopteroid with specifically dealt that works in were these of Some sects and leaf insects. insects. leaf and sects

pnes Dratr ae awg; hluotr o hsaotr ae tc in­ stick are Phasmatoptera or Cheleutoptera earwigs; are Dermaptera spinners;

(Blattodea, Blaberoidea, Ectobioidea) are commonly known as cockroaches; the the cockroaches; as known commonly are Ectobioidea) Blaberoidea, (Blattodea,

Micronesica Micronesica

An An

1

Kevan (1987) has already provided a preliminary account of the saltatorial saltatorial the of account preliminary a provided already has (1987) Kevan

In the course of studying the saltatorial orthopteroid insects of Micronesia, Micronesia, of insects orthopteroid saltatorial the studying of course the In

Non-saltatorial orthopteroid insects include several groups that do not have have not do that groups several include insects orthopteroid Non-saltatorial

todea [Isoptera]), Zoraptera (none recorded), Embioptera, Dermaptera Dermaptera Embioptera, recorded), (none Zoraptera [Isoptera]), todea

and Cheleutoptera (Phasmatodea). (Phasmatodea). Cheleutoptera and

upon where appropriate. A few new records are included. The orders orders The included. are records new few A appropriate. where upon

considered are Dictuoptera (including Blattodea, Mantodea and Termi­ and Mantodea Blattodea, (including Dictuoptera are considered

on literature records which have been updated, corrected and commented commented and corrected updated, have been which records literature on

thopteroid insects of Micronesia and certain nearby groups of smaller is­ smaller of groups nearby certain and Micronesia of insects thopteroid

are listed according to order and family. Most of the information is is based information of the family. Most and order to according listed are

Abstract-The Abstract-The

lands of Oceania is reviewed. The species known to occur in this region region this in occur to known species The reviewed. is Oceania of lands

Dr

Annotated Provisional List ofNon-Saltatorial Orthopteroid Insects Insects Orthopteroid ofNon-Saltatorial List Provisional Annotated

. .

and Department of Natural Resource Sciences, Macdonald Campus, McGill University, University, McGill Campus, Macdonald Sciences, Resource Natural of Department and

Kevan died in 1991. This paper has been completed, slightly revised and edited for publi­ for edited and revised slightly completed, been has paper 1991. This in died Kevan

30(2), 269-353, 1997 1997 269-353, 30(2),

of Micronesia, Compiled Mainly from the Literature Literature the from Mainly Compiled Micronesia, of

D. D.

Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory Laboratory Research and Museum Entomological Lyman

KEITH KEITH

eea ltrtr rltn t te o-attra or­ non-saltatorial the to relating literature general

21,111 Lakeshore Road, Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Road, Lakeshore 21,111

McE. McE.

ubc Canada Quebec,

KEVAN

Introduction Introduction

1 1

AND VERNON VERNON AND

, ,

H9X 3 3 V9 H9X

. .

These are the groups that have the the have that groups the are These

R. R. VICKERY VICKERY

(1884), (1884),

Pohl Pohl

nomina nomina nuda)

S. Kubary, Kubary, who S. was em­

J. J.

(1869-1879) (1869-1879) and

Pohl Pohl

& &

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

C. Godeffroy C. Godeffroy und Sohn, the Hamburg shipowners; those spec­

wrote, wrote, also visited Ascension Island known (now Pohnpei) as in

J. J.

Stal Stal

(1860) (1860) is cited as having described an acridid grasshopper from

Stal Stal

Kevan Kevan (1987) did not mention the early contribution to Pacific island ento­

Although Although Kevan (1987) referred to various publications dealing with the in­

Kevan Kevan (1987) referred to various publications dealing with the insect fauna of

imens imens from Micronesia were mostly, not if all, taken by

the the species listed by these authors (some dubiously and some under

ployed ployed as a collector by the senior Godeffroy (see Weidner, 1967). For Funafuti

orthopteroid orthopteroid was collected on either island. Another omission by Kevan (1987)

from from Micronesian localities. The relevant references to non-saltatorial forms will

were were collected for

was was mention of the catalogues of Schmeltz

be be found under the appropriate taxa below. It may be noted in this connection that

Guam, Guam, but Kevan did not note that the Swedish frigate "Eugenie," concerning

22.XI.1852, 22.XI.1852, not long before the visit to Guam, 27-28 XI.1852. No non-saltatorial

which which dealt quite extensively with insects from the South Pacific, including some

the the Senyavin Islands (eastern Caroline Islands). Persson (1971) gave the date as

whose whose voyage

Guinea. Guinea.

thopteroids thopteroids and the third only to a few forms from Woodlark Island off New

as will will as be noted under the species Although involved. Kevan (1987) drew attention

Micronesian Micronesian islands their in works. Indeed, the referred first to only couple a of or­

cific are mentioned, mentioned, are cific these, one of cockroach, a has relevance present the in context,

Montrouzier Montrouzier (1855) to South Pacific orthopterology, these authors did not include

to to the early contributions of Guerin[-Meneville] ), Le 1831 Guillou ( 1841) ( and

of Micronesian Micronesian of orthopteroids.

some some omissions and errors in Kevan's paper, and save the reader unnecessary lit­

sect sect fauna of the small islands of the South Pacific, some are not concerned with

erature erature searching by indicating some papers that prove to be irrelevant to the study mology mology in Eschscholtz (1822). Though only two orthopteroid insects from the Pa­

Micronesian Micronesian records, or with orthopteroids. The following paragraphs correct

the the small islands of the South Pacific, that are not concerned, on the one hand with

briefly briefly noted here, together with more pertinent omissions.

reader reader unnecessary literature searching if some similarly irrelevant papers are

Micronesia Micronesia as such, and/or on the other with orthopteroid insects, it will save the

cent cent papers include an account of the introduced saltatorial orthopteroid fauna of

omitted omitted from the bibliographies of Bryan (1948) and Esaki et al. (1955). More re­

of of these articles are older and/or more obscure papers, some of which were also

the the islands (Kevan which 1991), briefly mentions some non-saltatorial species.

(1987) (1987) will be found under the appropriate groups of insects which follow. Some

articles articles relating to the non-saltatorial orders that were not included by Kevan

erature erature relevant to the non-saltatorial orthopteroids in Micronesia, the reader is di­

ence ence Micronesia. to As Kevan (1987) cited most (though not the all) primary of lit­

would would seem to be no reason to repeat the information already provided. Pertinent

found found the in smaller oceanic islands of the South Pacific, but with particular refer­

rected rected to that source by way of introduction to the present contribution; there 270 270 Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 271

Atoll in the Ellice (now Tuvalu) Islands, Hedley (1896) referred to unidentified cockroaches and a wrongly identified termite, and Rainbow (1897) and Hedley et al. (1899) listed several species of orthopteroids (including two Grylloptera), all of them incorrectly named! For the 20th Century, Simmonds' ( 1925) account of the insect pests of coco­ nut palms in the "southern Pacific" might be expected to be relevant in the present context, but, among orthopteroids, it mentioned only one species of Tettigonioidea and one species of stick-insect, neither from Micronesia. A biogeographical paper by Chopard (1931 ), which considered South Pacific orthopteroids, was not men­ tioned by Kevan (1987) as it was virtually restricted to southeastern Polynesia with references to Fiji and Samoa; it does not mention Micronesia, even in passing. Seurat's (1934) general biogeographical review is mentioned by Kevan (1987) and has some relevance here, as will be indicated in the appropriate places. There were other more entomologically oriented papers in the same symposium as that to which Seurat contributed, but which were not referred to by Kevan (1987). These include Holdhaus (1934), who briefly mentioned Micronesian island groups, but not in relation to orthopteroids (the paper dealt mainly with Coleoptera); Cheesman (1934), who dealt only with southeastern Polynesian insects; and Bryan (1934), writing on Polynesian biogeography, who mentioned some of the non-Mi­ cronesian island groups considered in the present work, such as the Ellice ( or Tu­ valu), Phoenix and Line Islands. Although the last author made passing references to orthopteroids, none is relevant here. Perhaps, too, one should mention a paper on Micronesian Evaniidae (Hymenoptera) by Yasumatsu (1940b ), since these are parasitoids of cockroaches, but no reference is made to the hosts. It is also appropriate to mention some general biogeographical or faunistic papers, not referred to by Kevan (1987), that deal with lesser South Pacific is­ lands generally or which refer specifically to particular (including Micronesian) island groups, but which make no reference to orthopteroid insects, though such might be anticipated from the titles. They include the following: Krauss (194 7), Gressitt (1952, 1953b,c, 1956a), Gressitt and Quate (1958), Gressitt et al. (1961) and Given (1968). The last merely lists insects (including orthopteroids) found on the island of Niue, and makes no mention that any of the species occur else­ where. Papers that deal particularly with orthopteroid insects (including termites) of the lesser South Pacific islands, but which (though they may use expressions such as "widely distributed through Oceania") do not refer, even in passing, to Microne­ sia or to the other island groups mentioned herein (Tuvalu, Howland, Phoenix and Line Islands) include the following: Cheesman (1927, 1928), Chopard (1930, 1931), Caudell (1932), Light (1932b,c), Hebard (1933a, b--but see under Diploptera punctata [Blattodea]-1935), Light (1935b), Kevan (1965), Kaltenbach (1976) and Steinmann (1979b). It may be noted that Kaltenbach (1976), who dealt mostly, but not exclusively, with New Caledonia, showed the distribution of various species on world maps, but indicated none from Micronesia, though one of the Acrididae included by him is found there. (In spite of its title, this paper deals only 272 Micronesica 30(2), 1997 with saltatorial forms and mantids, none of the latter being involved herein.) Stein­ mann (1979b) listed a number of Micronesian Dermaptera, but gave their distribu­ tion no more precisely than "Oceanic". It should perhaps also be noted that the paper referred to by Kevan (1987) as "Kevan (in press)" and which did, indeed, in­ clude a number of allusions to Micronesian cockroaches and earwigs, will not be published (at least not in the foreseeable future) as the editor of the proposed publi­ cation abandoned the project without informing the author!

Arrangement In the following lists of species for each order, the general arrangement is tax­ onomic down to subfamily-the classification more or less as in Vickery & Kevan (1983)-and alphabetical within the subfamilies for genera and species. It is not considered necessary to cite bibliographic references to specific names, author and date being deemed sufficient, except in a few instances where nomenclature is dis­ cussed. Synonyms are given only where there is some justification in the interests of clarification. Extended bibliographic synonymies will be found in Snyder (1949) and Ernst & Araujo (1986) for termites, Princis (1964-1969) for cock­ roaches, and Steinmann (1989b) for earwigs. There is no comprehensive, up-to­ date, synonymic bibliography for either mantids or stick-insects. In giving the known distribution for each species, archipelagos and major is­ land groups (or widely isolated atolls or islands) are arranged geographically, so far as is practical, from north to south and from west to east. Within larger groups, however, individual atolls or islands (and their included islets, when named) are arranged alphabetically. Palau (formerly Pelew Islands), west of 135°E., treated separately from the Caroline Islands proper, though many references (presumably on a former political basis) combined the two under the latter name. The Caroline Islands proper are arbitrarily divided here into four areas: Western (east of 135°E. and west of 145°E., e.g., the Yap Group and Ulithi Atoll), Central (145-155°E., e.g., the Hall Islands and Chuuk Atoll), Southeastern (south of 5°N. and eastwards from 155°E., e.g., Kapingamarangi and Nakuoro Atolls) and Eastern (the Sen­ yavin Islands, i.e., north of 5°N. and eastwards from 155°E., i.e., Pohnpei, for­ merly Ascension Island and Po nape, and Kosrae, formerly Kusaie ). Guam, though politically distinct, is included with the other Mariana Islands. The forms of the names of several islands and groups have varied with time (and the dominant political power), so that literature references to any one island or group also differ considerably in spelling. An attempt has been made here to standardize the names in conformity with the most recent conventions (rather than to adhere to the spellings used in the original sources). In listing, the names of archipelagos or larger groups of islands are given alone, i.e., not followed by "Is."; those of smaller groups that form units will normally be followed by "Gp."; those of atolls or individual islands will not be qualified unless they refer to small islets (such as comprise an atoll), when they will be followed by "I.". Within a given archipelago, group of islands or atoll, unless a smaller unit is

records were also given. given. also were records

Caroline Islands (Yap Group); previously published Micronesian (and other) other) (and Micronesian published previously Group); (Yap Islands Caroline

Evania Evania

lands (Ralik Chain, Jaluit Atoll; Ratak Chain, Wotje Atoll); Atoll); Wotje Chain, Ratak Atoll; Jaluit Chain, (Ralik lands

ad CukAol, eyv-sad (ore n one) n h asal Is­ Marshall the and Pohnpei) and (Kosrae Senyavi-Islands Atoll), (Chuuk lands

lands (Guam, Pagan, Rota and Saipan), Palau Islands (Koror), central Caroline Is­ Caroline central (Koror), Islands Palau Saipan), and Rota Pagan, (Guam, lands

husked coconuts on Funafuti Atoll (Tuvalu (Tuvalu Islands). Atoll Funafuti on coconuts husked

Schletterer, 1889, for the Palau Islands (Babeldaob and Peleliu) and the western western the and Peleliu) and (Babeldaob Islands Palau the for 1889, Schletterer,

ticular island or group of islands. In the same year, Yasumatsu (1940b) gave an ac­ an gave year, same (1940b) Yasumatsu In the islands. of group or island ticular localities were cited: cited: were localities

count, not of the Blattodea, but of their hymenopterous parasitoids of the genus genus the of parasitoids hymenopterous their of but Blattodea, the of not count,

reference by Hedley (1896: 24) to cockroaches damaging the eyes of stored, stored, of eyes the damaging cockroaches to 24) (1896: Hedley by reference Micronesia, but no name was used either for a species of cockroach or for a par­ a for or cockroach of species a for either used was name no but Micronesia,

may be drawn to a number of general references to Tuvalu (Ellice) Islands and Mi­ and Islands to Tuvalu (Ellice) references of general a to number drawn may be

cronesian cockroaches in which names are not indicated, beginning with a a passing with beginning indicated, are not names which in cockroaches cronesian the "fringing" island groups are given in square brackets to avoid confusion. confusion. avoid to brackets square in given are groups island "fringing" the

oyei,rcrsfo tl ute east further still from records Polynesia,

and Marquesa Islands are not considered. References to Micronesian species from from species Micronesian to References considered. not are Islands Marquesa and

taken into consideration here. The more southerly and easterly islands of Polyne­ of islands easterly and southerly more The here. consideration into taken

there are some faunal associations between Micronesia and the islands of western western of islands the and Micronesia between associations faunal some are there sia, including the southern Line Islands and the Tokelau, Cook, Society, Society, Tuamoto Cook, Tokelau, the and Islands Line southern the including sia,

Islands (southeast of the Rowlands and, like them, really part of Polynesia). As As Polynesia). of part really them, like and, Rowlands the of (southeast Islands

Gilbert Islands; certain published records do not distinguish between the two two the between distinguish not do records published certain Islands; Gilbert

Islands (formerly administratively associated with the Micronesian Kiribati or or Kiribati Micronesian the with associated administratively (formerly Islands

groups), the Howland Islands (to the east of the Kiribati Islands) and the Phoenix Phoenix the and Islands) Kiribati the of east the (to Islands Howland the groups),

are nearer, though separated from them by a deep ocean trench), the Talaud the Talaud Islands trench), ocean by deep a them from separated though are nearer,

Daito ( east of the Ryukyu Islands, which are are which Islands, ( Ryukyu Daito the of east

ontnAol nae oteHwia sad, u eoe rmte) Minami­ them), from remote but Islands, Hawaiian the to (nearer Atoll Johnston (west of the Palau Islands and really part of eastern Indonesia), the the Tuvalu or Ellice Indonesia), of eastern part and really Islands (west of the Palau

based on earlier literature records ( of which there are very many) are listed in the the in listed are many) very are ( there records which literature of earlier on based

said to "fringe" Micronesia are included as a matter of general interest. These are: are: These interest. general of matter a as included are Micronesia "fringe" to said

ture cited. (Exceptions are made in the case of previously unpublished records.) records.) unpublished previously of case the in made are (Exceptions cited. ture

Guam, the listing here is merely as as merely is here listing the Guam,

Thus, if an original published record was from Mt. Sasalaguan on the island of of island the on Sasalaguan Mt. from was record published original an if Thus,

same manner as original citations. It will usually be obvious which are which. which. are obvious which be It will usually citations. original as same manner

any particular island are not normally listed, even when they are given in the litera­ the in given are they listed, even when normally are not island any particular

given, the reference is to that conformation in general terms. Precise localities on on localities Precise terms. general in conformation that to is reference the given,

Esaki (1940b) stated that "Blattidae" (i.e., Blattodea) are widely distributed distributed are widely Blattodea) (i.e., "Blattidae" stated that (1940b) Esaki

Before considering members of individual families of Blattodea, attention attention Blattodea, of families individual of members considering Before

In addition to Micronesian islands or groups, a number of others that might be be might that others of a number or groups, islands to Micronesian addition In

(Evaniidae). No host cockroach species was named, but many Microneian Microneian many but named, was species cockroach host No (Evaniidae).

E. (E.) appendigaster appendigaster (E.) E.

Kevan Kevan

& &

SUBORDER BLATTODEA BLATTODEA SUBORDER

Vickery

Order Dictuoptera Dictuoptera Order

"MARIANA "MARIANA

: :

Non-sa!tatoria! Non-sa!tatoria! orthopteroicls

, ,

from the northern Line Islands, are also also are Islands, Line northern the from

Lnau, 78 o h ain Is­ Mariana the for 1758) (Linnaeus,

not not

included included

Guam". Guam".

References repeating or or repeating References

he

r

e e

and to which they they which to and

E. (E.) impressa impressa (E.) E.

273 273 in in

his his

lat.]; lat.];

part) part)

Niering Niering (1963:

generally), generally), 145,

. .

] ]

.

he mentioned mentioned he three

lat

These These are included in

. .

Bryan Bryan (1948: 30, 42) re­ 36,

. .

Blatta

LATINDIOIDEA, LATINDIOIDEA,

= =

( (

te babatuannanu; te babatuannanu;

Van Van Zwaluwenburg (1947: 18) listed

(Coquebert (Coquebert de Montbert, 1804)

EUTHYRRHAPHINAE EUTHYRRHAPHINAE

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

reference reference to Moul, 1954, above)

including including the various islands from which it known, is

136 136 (included in "Orthoptera" [s.

sp(p.)" sp(p.)" below.

Fam. EUTHYRRHAPHIDAE EUTHYRRHAPHIDAE Fam.

. .

Subfam. Subfam.

Evania, Evania,

Evania, Evania,

"Blatta "Blatta

EUTHYRRHAPHOIDEA EUTHYRRHAPHOIDEA

Pleomele Pleomele angustifolia".

336) 336) mentioned that this species occurs on "the islands of the Pa­

: :

lumped lumped together with saltatorial orders "Orthoptera" as [s.

and and

Euthyrrhapha Euthyrrhapha pacifica

were were

addition addition to the above general references to Blattodea, there are various du­

Superfam. Superfam.

Willemse Willemse (1951: referred 327) undetermined to "Ectobiinae" and "Pseudo­

. .

In In

C

Townes Townes (1946: 28, 29) made some general references to Micronesian cock­

Pandanus Pandanus

155) 155) mentioned cockroaches from Kapingamarangi Atoll, southeastern Caroline

cific cific Ocean" [generally], but he did not indicate whether any Micronesian group

148 148 (Arno Atoll, reference to Usinger & La Rivers 1953, above), 151, 152, 156

Hebard Hebard (1922b

Samuelson Samuelson Nishida & (1987: listed 160) nine species of cockroaches for the Mar­

shall shall Islands, but they name only seven (from EnewetakAtoll).

12, 12, 17, 24, 19, 28) mentioned various cockroaches from Arno Atoll in the Ratak

the the remarks under

(Onotoa (Onotoa Atoll, reference to Moul, 1954, above), 167, 168, 169 (referring to hy­

Islands, Islands, but named he none. Hasegawa (1968: referred three to 14) species ofBlat­ bious bious records in the literature relating to the genus

general, general, he noted which for the native name, menopterous menopterous parasite

todea todea from the Ogasawara Islands, but Latin a name used is for only one of them.

in in Micronesia: see his pp

species, species, named but two. only Gressitt (1954) made various references Blattodea to

only only two named, were and then in English only (one them of incorrectly). Gressitt

Chain, Chain, Marshall Islands, but, though some were indicated as being domiciliary,

for for the Palau Islands, but often (his pp. 52, 59, 61, 63, 67, 68, 98, there 150) was

(1953a), (1953a), in some places, mentioned particular genera or species of cockroaches

as noted noted as above.

the the Kiribati Islands, Moul (1954: 12, 20, 21, 22, 24) mentioned cockroaches in cockroach cockroach parasite,

no no indication of the kinds of Blattodea to which he referred. For Onotoa Atoll in second second page referred to Yasumatsu's (1940b) publication on the hymenopterous

of of

said said be, to among foliage, "several other blattids including some pseudomopines," mopinae" mopinae" from the Caroline Islands generally. Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 8, 10,

ferred ferred to Micronesian cockroach literature generally, but, on his last page cited,

"Blattidae "Blattidae from indet." the Kazan Islands (lwo Jima)

and and that, the in Palau Islands (Peleliu), there is "an epilamprine between the bases

Blattodea Blattodea

southern southern Mariana Islands, there is a small, pale green species on leaves of trees

274 274 with with denser foliage. On the Caroline Islands and the Marshall Islands there were roaches roaches that cannot be identified from his text. For instance, he said that, in the

we suspect that they may belong to to belong may they that suspect we

X.1986), but they are doubtless incorrectly identified. We have not seen them, but but them, seen not We have identified. incorrectly doubtless are they but X.1986),

determined by someone in the past as as past the in someone by determined

imens from the Mariana Islands (Guam and a nymph from Tinian) that have been been have that Tinian) from nymph a and (Guam Islands Mariana the from imens

Island in the Phoenix Islands probably did not refer refer not did probably Islands Phoenix the in Island

blattid, blattid,

species, but it may have been the related related the been have may it but species, have been involved. This was, however, probably not the case for the above refer­ above the for case the not probably however, was, This involved. been have

listed below. Van Zwaluwenburg's (1955: 3) reference to to reference 3) (1955: below. Van listed Zwaluwenburg's

tween Australia and Japan. It is also of interest to note the dubious record of of record dubious the note to interest of also is It Japan. and Australia tween

from Marcus Island. This may well have been another widespread, dark-coloured dark-coloured widespread, another been have well may This Island. Marcus from that that

Rivers (1953), above. Cochran Cochran above. (1953), Rivers

sus calami calami sus entalis entalis ences. ences.

ewsdutes orc. rsit(94 11 lomnind h Oina cock­ "Oriental the mentioned 151) also (1954: Gressitt correct. doubtless was he

(1990: 361, 363) and his suggestion that that suggestion his and 363) 361, (1990: had already observed that that observed already had

roach" for Micronesia, but this almost certainly stemmed from Usinger Usinger from stemmed certainly almost this but Micronesia, for roach"

name and that that and name

Blatta orientalis orientalis Blatta

1865. 1865.

From experience with old records, however, I believe that this was a misuse of the the of misuse a was this that believe I however, records, old with experience From

from the Marshall Islands (Ratak Chain, Arno Atoll), but this was probably a a probably was this but Atoll), Arno Chain, (Ratak Islands Marshall the from

question. Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 12) also reported "the Oriental cockroach" cockroach" Oriental "the reported 12) also (1953: Rivers La & Usinger question.

used, other species were almost certainly involved. involved. certainly almost were species other used,

and widespread, it does not thrive in tropical regions, where, if the name has been been has name the if where, regions, tropical in thrive not does it widespread, and

(1904: 404; det. P. Kempny) as as P. Kempny) det. 404; (1904:

distribution than it really has, for, although it is associated with human habitations habitations human with associated is it although for, has, it really than distribution

Kevan 1980). 1980). Kevan

Guam) is to be anticipated. As it lives in soil, it may easily avoid detection (see (see detection avoid easily may it soil, in lives it As anticipated. be to is Guam)

have seen no specimen from the region, though its occurrence (for example on on example (for occurrence its though region, the from specimen no seen have

a novd otrfrne t h seishv enmr seii st h is­ the to as specific more been have species the to references Most involved. was

lands involved, though none, so far as I know, has mentioned Micronesia, and we we and Micronesia, mentioned has know, I as far so none, though involved, lands

B. orientalis orientalis B.

In the University of Guam insect collection, there are also reported to be spec­ be to reported also are there collection, insect Guam of In University the

It may also be noted here that Sakagami (1953: 26) recorded"? recorded"? 26) (1953: Sakagami that here noted be also may It

For Micronesia, the species seems to have been first reported by Schnee Schnee by reported first been have to seems species the Micronesia, For

for the Krakatau Islands (between Java and Sumatra) mentioned by Roth Roth by mentioned Sumatra) and Java (between Islands Krakatau the for

Platyzosteria (Melanozosteria) soror soror (Melanozosteria) Platyzosteria

for "American cockroach," i.e., i.e., cockroach," "American for

P. P.

Linnaeus, 1758, has, in the past, been credited with a much wider wider a much with credited been past, in the 1758, has, Linnaeus,

rbby osntocr"nms fteitreig sad" be­ islands" intervening the of most "in occur not does probably

americana americana

Kevan Kevan

B. orientalis orientalis B.

Superfam. Superfam.

& &

(Linnaeus, 1758) was most probably the species in in species the probably most was 1758) (Linnaeus,

Subfam.BLATTINAE Subfam.BLATTINAE

Vickery

et al. al. et

Fam. BLATTIDAE BLATTIDAE Fam.

Periplaneta orientalis orientalis Periplaneta

"Blatta" "Blatta"

P. P.

: :

(1975: 8) and Cochran (1982: 9) commented commented 9) (1982: Cochran and 8) (1975:

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial

(M.) (M.)

BLATTOIDEA BLATTOIDEA

had not been found in Micronesia, in in which in Micronesia, found been not had

B. orientalis orientalis B.

Hebardina concinna concinna Hebardina

P. P.

soror. soror.

sp(p sp(p ).

P. P.

(M.) (M.)

americana, americana,

Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865, 1865, Wattenwyl, von Brunner

nitida nitida

P. P.

(Dr. Ilse Schreiner, Schreiner, Ilse (Dr.

(M.) (M.) soror,

from the Marshall Islands. Islands. Marshall the from

Brunner von Wattenwyl, Wattenwyl, von Brunner

"Blatta "Blatta

for Townes (1946: 28) 28) (1946: Townes for

(Haan, 1842) 1842) might (Haan,

sp." from Canton Canton from sp."

as he listed that that listed he as

Blatta Blatta

in litt. litt. in

B. ori­ B.

& &

lap­

sp." sp."

La La 275 275

(Au­

Princis Princis

Serv."). Serv.").

Dory/ea Dory/ea

Dory/ea Dory/ea

Periplan­

for for

Shelford, Shelford, 1911.

Linnaeus, Linnaeus, 1758,

Hebardina] Hebardina] palli­

for the the for Krakatau Is­

[formerly [formerly

(Hanitsch, (Hanitsch, 1915). Of

pallipalpis); pallipalpis);

D. D.

Blatta Blatta

D. D.

[now [now

which which be can domiciliary

Periplaneta), Periplaneta),

Stoll', Stoll', 1813)

Periplanetafuliginosa Periplanetafuliginosa

D. D.

in in

Neostylopyga Neostylopyga

records. records.

robertsoni robertsoni

"Periplaneta "Periplaneta pallipalpis

Fischer Fischer von Waldheim, 1833, and

var. var. (as

[Audinet-] [Audinet-] Serville (1838]"; 1925:

.P.] .P.]

(Haan, (Haan, 1842)

Shelford, Shelford, 1910

Serville, Serville, 1839" [for (Audinet-Serville,

(Houttuyn (Houttuyn

"Blatta" "Blatta"

of"Blatta of"Blatta orientalis"

Brunner Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865.

[formerly [formerly

(1877) (1877) probably referred to a related species.

(1877: (1877: 19, as

has has been misapplied to several species of Orien­

is is as likely a candidate as any; it seems to have a

Periplaneta fuliginosa, fuliginosa, Periplaneta

D. D.

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Pohl Pohl

Pohl Pohl

& &

Hebardina Hebardina concinna

Swezey Swezey (1946:7); Townes (1946: 29); Beller (1948: Pt. I:

concinna concinna

does does not occur sufficiently far to the east to be the species

Dorylea Dorylea unicolor

Hebardina Hebardina concinna

pa/lipalpis pa/lipalpis

of"Methana of"Methana pallipalpis

? ?

H H

"Hebardina "Hebardina pallipalpis

Guam: Guam:

has has sometimes been used in place of

Steleopyga Steleopyga decorata); Steleopyga

Neostylopyga Neostylopyga rhombifolia

pallipalpis pallipalpis

(K.arny, 1908) 1908) and for (K.arny,

Fischer Fischer von Waldheim, 1846, are synonyms of

H H

Shelford, Shelford, 1910 (see under that species above), for

(above) is (above) also possibility a as it occurs Talaud the in Islands which lie not

1936: 1936: 391, 397); Bruijning (1948: 38(, 107], as

Periplaneta Periplaneta (Stylopyga) decorata

MARIANA MARIANA

6; 6; also as

The The name specific

PALAU: PALAU: ? Schmeltz and

TALAUD: TALAUD: Shelford (1910b: 14, incl. footnote 1); Hanitsch (1923:P 435, er­

Stylopyga Stylopyga

= =

Syn.: Syn.:

3 3

Stylopyga Stylopyga

(1990: (1990: 361, 363) noted that some records

but but

unicolor unicolor

likely likely that this is true for the Micronesian

lands lands (see above) may have referred to the present species, but it does not seem

too too far the to west of the Palau Islands for its distribution to include the latter. Roth

1838)], 1838)], Princis (1966: 464) cited, with a query, the original Micronesian reference

ternative, ternative, though we have no evidence of its occurrence in Micronesia.

and and which has been widely transported through commerce, could perhaps be an al­

dinet-Serville, dinet-Serville, 1838),? for lands lands fauna has much common. in

wide wide distribution, apparently including the Philippines, with which the Palau ls­

eta] eta] crassa

unicolor unicolor

ever, ever, that these, these, we believe that

intelligent intelligent guess can be made as to its possible identity.

and and as we have examined no comparable material from the Palau Islands, only an

As As the present whereabouts (if any) of the specimen involved is unknown to us,

involved involved and that Schmeltz given given above, though he made no mention of any Micronesian island in his sum­

mary mary of the species' distribution. As elsewhere, Godeffroy was given as author,

tal tal Blattidae (see Princis 442,467,470,471): 1966: for

tion-and tion-and not the compiler of the catalogue of its contents! It would seem, how­

whereas whereas he was, in fact, the proprietor of the relevant collection-see Introduc­

(1966; (1966; 470).

Under Under the name

95, 95, incl. fig. 9; 1933a: 241, as possible synonym of

276 276

roneously roneously as synonym palpis; palpis; Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 277

The University of Guam insect collection has material of this species from Guam (Dr. Ilse Schreiner, in litt. X.1986). MARSHALL (RALIK), Enewetak: Samuelson and Nishida (1987: 149, 170, for Enewetak I.; also 160 as Neostylopyga only). Kwajalein: Kwajalein I.: Suger­ man (1972a: 275).

Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus, 1758) Seurat (1934), who occasionally referred to Micronesian islands, mentioned this species as being widely distributed in buildings and vessels in Oceania, but he did not specifically mention Micronesian localities in this connection. Townes (1946: 28) and Kevan (1990: 114) referred to P. americana as occurring in Micronesia generally, but no specific island or group is mentioned by either author. It is prob­ able that this species was meant when Gressitt (1954: 151)-presumably follow­ ing U singer's & La Rivers' report from Arno Atoll, Marshall Islands ( see below)­ mentioned the "Oriental" (instead of "American") cockroach for Micronesia. [JOHNSTON: Bryan (1926a: 13; 1926b: 89).] OGASAWARA: Matsumura (1906: 15, as Peliplaneta [sic]; Shiraki (1906: 17, 24, 25); Matsumura (1913: 10, pl.2, fig 6; 1914: 118); Esaki (1930: 208,224); Furukawa (1930: 228,229); Matsumura (1931: 1377); Asahina (1955: 201). KAZAN lwo Jima: Asahina (1982: 329, 330). MARCUS: Sakagami (1953: 26). MARIANA Guam: Swezey (1946: 7); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 = 6); Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986). W. CAROLINE: C. Willemse (1951; 355). C. CAROLINE, Chuuk: Dublon I.: C. Willemse (1951: 327,355). MARSHALL (GENERAL):? Kempny in Schnee (1904: 404, as Periplaneta orientalis [sic], see also under Blatta sp(p)., above. MARSHALL (RALIK) Enewetak: Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 149, 160, 170, last from Enewetak I. and Enjebi I.; 160 also as Periplaneta only). Kwajalein: Ebeye I. and Kwajalein I.: Sugerman (1972a: 275). MARSHALL (RATAK)Arno:? · Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 12, mistakenly as "Oriental" cockroach; also one of the domiciliary species inferred on pp. 17, 19, 28). KIRIBATI: Manser (1974: 7; jointly with Ellice [Tuvalu] Islands). [TUVALU: Manser (1974: 7; jointly with Gilbert [Kiribati] Islands).] [PHOENIX Canton: Van Zwaluwenburg (1943: 305,312; with hymenopter- ous parasite Evania appendigaster (Linnaeus); 1955: 2, 10, as last.] [LINE Palmyra: Krauss (1953: 218).]

Periplaneta australasiae (Fabricius, 1775) Townes (1946: 28), Gressitt (1954: 151, as "Australasian cockroach" only) and Kevan (1990: 114) have all referred to P. australasiae as occurring in Micronesia, but without mention of specific islands or groups. 278 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

OGASAWARA: Matsumura (1906: 15, as "australiasie" [sic]); Shiraki (1906: 17, 25, 26); Esaki (1930: 208, also 224 as "australiasie" [sic], referring to Matsumura, 1906); Asahina (1955: 201). KAZAN Iwo Jima: Asahina (1982: 329,330). MARCUS: Sakagami (1953: 26). MARIANA Guam: No published record noted, but Lyman Entomological Museum has a single damaged female with a pencilled label, "Guam" only-ori­ gin unknown. PALAU: ? Schmeltz & Pohl (1879; 25, as "Periplaneta sp.?"); Gressitt (1953a: 98, 149, 155). C. CAROLINE Chuuk: Dublon I.: C. Willemse (1951: 327,355). MARSHALL (RALIK),Enewetak: Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 149, 160, 170, last from Enjebi I., Japtan I. and Medven I.; 160 also as Periplaneta only). MARSHALL (RATAK), Arno Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 12, as "Aus­ tralasian cockroach" only; ? also one of the domiciliary species referred to on pp. 17, 19,28). KIRIBATI: Zimmerman (1948: 92); Manser (1974: ?;jointly with Ellice [Tu- valu] Islands). OCEAN GP Nauru: Froggatt (1910: 408). [TUVALU: Manser (1974: 7; jointly with Gilbert [Kiribati] Islands).] [LINE Palmyra: Krauss (1953; 218).]

Subfamily POLY20STERIINAE Platyzosteria (Melanozosteria) nitida Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865 Syn.: Blatta aterrima (nee Herbst, 1786) Eschscholtz, 1822 Shelford (1910b: 8), who, under the generic name Cutilia, gave the above synonymy with a query, indicated no Oceanian island locality for the species, al­ though aterrima was described from the Marshall Islands (Ratak) by Eschscholtz (1822: 89). Princis (1966: 569, 570) similarly failed to mention Micronesian is­ lands for the species (listed as Melanozosteria nitida) though he cited relevant lit­ erature. Mackerras (1968), who placed Melanozosteria Stal, 1874 (= Cutilia Stal, 1877) as a subgenus of Platyzosteria Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865, did not men­ tion Blatta aterrima either as a synonym of P. (M) nitida or in any other regard; she also omitted any mention of Micronesian distribution. Gressitt (1954: 160, as Cutilia) and Kevan (1990: 114, as Melanozostera [sic]) both mentioned the species as occurring in Micronesia, but without reference to any specific island or group. In the references listed below, the generic name used was Cutilia unless oth­ erwise indicated. PALAU: Gressitt (1953a: 48, 151). Babeldaob: Townes (1946: 28, 29). W. CAROLINE Ulithi: Asor I.: Rehn (1945: 2, as Cutilia soror (Brunner von Wattenwyl), lapsus; see also C. Willemse, 1951: 355, and Princis, 1966: 570); C. Willemse (1951: 355).

probably probably

(1974: 7; jointly with Elice [Tuvalu] Islands). Islands). [Tuvalu] Elice with 7; jointly (1974:

Note also also Note

as as

latter fromAnanij I., Bokombako I. and Enewetak I., as as I., Enewetak and I. Bokombako I., fromAnanij latter

belong to the present species. species. present the to belong

Sp. Sp.

from Asar I. which was, in fact, fact, in was, which I. Asar from

and Tinian in the insect collection of the University of Guam may perhaps prove to to prove perhaps may Guam of University the of collection insect the in Tinian and

Pt. I: 3 3 I: Pt.

sp(p).", above). above). sp(p).",

mention a Micronesian island or group in his summary of the distribution of of distribution the of summary his in group or island Micronesian a mention erwise indicated. indicated. erwise

while he cited some of the relevant literature, Princis (1966: 527) also failed to to failed also 527) (1966: Princis literature, relevant the of some cited he while

Melanesian and Polynesian but not Micronesian localities for the species, and, and, species, the for localities Micronesian not but Polynesian and Melanesian

"Me/anozosteria soror". soror". "Me/anozosteria

Hanitsch (1933b: 138) and Bruijning (1948: 38), like earlier authors, again gave gave again authors, earlier like 38), (1948: Bruijning and 138) (1933b: Hanitsch

wide distribution, implying, but not actually stating, that Micronesia was included. included. was Micronesia that stating, actually not but implying, distribution, wide

and Polynesia, but not for anywhere in Micronesia. Shiraki ( 1931: 184) indicated a a 184) ( indicated 1931: Shiraki Micronesia. in anywhere for not but Polynesia, and

Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 10, as "wood roach" only). only). roach" "wood as 10, (1953: Rivers La & Usinger

zosteria; zosteria;

Shelford (1910b: 7) and Hanitsch (1915: 98, 99) mentioned mentioned 99) 98, (1915: Hanitsch and 7) (1910b: Shelford

rima, rima,

Willemse (1951: 327, 355). 355). 327, (1951: Willemse

Melanozosteria Melanozosteria

?"). ?").

MARSHALL {RATAK) {RATAK) MARSHALL

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL):? Kempny Kempny (GENERAL):? MARSHALL

W. W.

CAROLINE (GENERAL): (GENERAL): CAROLINE

MARIANA MARIANA

MARCUS: ? Sakagami (1953: 26, as"? as"? 26, (1953: Sakagami ? MARCUS:

WAKE: Bryan (1926a: 13, 15; 1926b: 89); Zimmerman (1948: 90). 90). (1948: Zimmerman 89); 1926b: 15; 13, (1926a: Bryan WAKE:

In the references given below, the generic name used was was used name generic the below, given references the In

[JOHNSTON: Bryan (1926a: 13, 15; 1926b: 89); Zimmerman (1948: 90).] 90).] (1948: Zimmerman 89); 1926b: 15; 13, (1926a: Bryan [JOHNSTON:

PHOENIX PHOENIX

MARSHALL {RATAK): Eschscholtz (1822: 89 & Register, p. I, as as I, p. & Register, 89 {RATAK): (1822: Eschscholtz MARSHALL

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Samuelson Samuelson (GENERAL): MARSHALL

C. CAROLINE CAROLINE C.

S.E. CAROLINE CAROLINE S.E.

type locality). locality). type

Platyzosteria (Melanozosteria) soror soror (Melanozosteria) Platyzosteria

= =

CAROLINE CAROLINE

Evania appendigaster appendigaster Evania

not yet known from Enewetak Atoll). Atoll). Enewetak from known yet not

lapsus lapsus

6). As noted under under noted As 6).

Onotoa: Onotoa:

Canton:? Canton:?

of Rehn Rehn of

Guam: Guam:

only). only).

W.F. W.F.

Ulithi: Ulithi:

Chuuk: Chuuk:

Nakuoro: Nakuoro:

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

Swezey (1946: 6); Townes (1946: 28, 29); Beller (1948: (1948: Beller 29); 28, (1946: Townes 6); (1946: Swezey

(Zoe. (Zoe. cit

Moul (1954: 12, 17, 18, 23; hymenopterous parasite, parasite, hymenopterous 23; 18, 17, 12, (1954: Moul

Kirby (1904: 129, as as 129, (1904: Kirby

Van Zwaluwenburg (1955: 3, as as 3, (1955: Zwaluwenburg Van

Fassarai I.: Rehn (1945: 2); C. Willemse (1951: 355). 355). (1951: Willemse C. 2); (1945: Rehn I.: Fassarai

Bikini: Bikini:

Enewetak: Enewetak:

Kwaja/ein: Kwaja/ein:

"Blatta "Blatta

Townes (1946: 28, 29); Dublon I. and Moen I.: C. C. I.: Moen and I. Dublon 29); 28, (1946: Townes

P. P.

"W. "W.

(Linnaeus) also mentioned pp. 12, 17); Manser Manser 17); 12, pp. mentioned also (Linnaeus)

Townes (1946: 28, 29). 29). 28, (1946: Townes

) ) .

(M.) (M.)

in using the name name the using in

Cole ( ( Cole 1951: 24 7).

Ennylabegan I.: Sugerman (1972a: 275). 275). (1972a: Sugerman I.: Ennylabegan

and E.": C. Willemse (1951: 355). 355). (1951: Willemse C. E.": and

sp(p).", above, some specimens from Guam Guam from specimens some above, sp(p).",

nitida nitida

Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 149, 170, 170, 149, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson

Ennylabegan I.: Sugerman (1972a: 275). 275). (1972a: Sugerman I.: Ennylabegan

in in

(above). (above).

Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865 1865 Wattenwyl, von Brunner

Blatta Blatta

Schnee (1904: 404, as as 404, (1904: Schnee

& &

Melanozosteria Aterrima). Arno: Arno: Aterrima). Melanozosteria

Nishida (1987: 160, as as 160, (1987: Nishida

Likiep: Likiep:

sp."-see also under under also sp."-see

Cutilia soror soror Cutilia

Melanozosteria; Melanozosteria;

Bikini: Bikini:

Blatta Blatta

Townes Townes 29. (1946: 28,

P.soror P.soror

Cutilia Cutilia

Cole (1951: 247). 247). (1951: Cole

sp.). sp.).

for a specimen specimen a for

for Melanesia Melanesia for

"Periplaneta "Periplaneta

Blatta ater­ Blatta

nes oth- unless

also 160 160 also

Melano­

"Blatta "Blatta

279 279 ? ?

(11-

[now [now

for for Mi­

Burmeis­

Perisphaeria Perisphaeria

sp.); sp.); Roth (1982: 35,

A. A. serratissima

"Panesthia "Panesthia aethops [sic],

Panesthia Panesthia angustipennis

Platyzosteria Platyzosteria (Melanozoste­

error-Perisphaeria error-Perisphaeria

= =

Panesthia Panesthia

(1869: (1869: 29, as

PANESTHIINAE PANESTHIINAE

noted); noted); Fullaway & Krauss (1945:

Brunner Brunner von Wattenwyl. 1865, is

Pohl Pohl

I. I.

sp. sp. nov.

(with (with an erroneous rendering of the latter

north north of Peleliu and east ofNgemelis): Roth

Stoll', Stoll', 1813

in the Blaberoidea, the Blaberoidea, in rather than, previously, as

BLABEROIDEA BLABEROIDEA

NOCTICOLINAE NOCTICOLINAE

I I

in in

him him

Schmeltz Schmeltz &

Nocticola Nocticola

Micronesica 30(2), 1997 1997 30(2), Micronesica

Parasphaeria Parasphaeria

Fam. NOCTICOLIDAE NOCTICOLIDAE Fam.

Subfam. Subfam.

Ngergoi Ngergoi

Makerras Makerras {1968: 258, as

Superfam. Superfam.

? ? Hedley (1898 24, as "cockroaches" damaging eyes of

Van Zwaluwenburg Zwaluwenburg Van (1943: 305; 3).] 1955:

(Brunner (Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865)

(Houttuyn (Houttuyn

(or (or

[Blanchard, [Blanchard, 1851], clearly in

Krauss Krauss (1952: 218).]

Ancaudellia Ancaudellia serratissima serratissima

Pohnpei:? Pohnpei:?

Nauru: Nauru:

Canton: Canton:

Fam. PANESTIDIDAE Fam. PANESTIDIDAE Subfam.

Funafuti: Funafuti:

Panesthia Panesthia angustipennis

aethiopis aethiopis

Ngergheu Ngergheu

Palmyra: Palmyra:

P. P.

520, 520, as last). Princis (1965: 310) gave the Rainbow (1897) reference with

: :

.

TUVALU TUVALU

E. E. CAROLINE

PALAU PALAU

[LINE [LINE

[PHOENIX [PHOENIX

(TUVALU: (TUVALU: Chopard (1929a: 19; Nui

OCEAN OCEAN GP

species. species. Roth (1982) mentioned no panesthiine other than

cronesia cronesia (or Polynesia).

author's author's misspelling!); no he hint Polynesian Tuvalu or gave of distribution for that

Stoll," Stoll," for

a a query, under

(et. (et. al

stored, stored, husked coconuts); ? Rainbow (1897: 100, as

liger, liger, which 1801), is a Asian-Indian S.E. Ocean-New Guinean species);? Hedley

59 59 Caroline [as Is. only], 70).

"a "a panesthine"); C. Willemse (1951: 327,355, as

Neotropical; Neotropical; the resemblance to Paneschiidae is (1946: superficial); Townes 29, as

ter, ter, 1838, is Ethiopian and

Parasphaeria] Parasphaeria] ovata

(1988: (1988: 297, 300; also 299 Micronesia as only).

This This small, cave-dwelling species is presumed to be new. It remains undescribed

because because only a single female is known (Roth 1988).

family is a junior junior family is a synonym Ceuthobiidae. of This was an error; the latter the is cor­

in the the in Blattoidea. Vickery In (1983: Kevan & it was the 108), name that said this of

298-302) 298-302) and are placed now by

rect rect name for what previously was named Nothoblattidae.

The The Nocticolidae have recently been redefined and discussed by Roth (1988:

Gilbert Gilbert [Kiribati] Islands).]

34); 34); Zimmerman (1948: 90); Moul (1954: 12): Manser (1974: 7; jointly with

ria)). ria)). 280 280 Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 281

Fam. DIPLOPTERIDAE Subfam. DIPLOPTERINAE Diploptera punctata (Eschscholtz, 1822) Syn.: Diploptera dytiscoides (Audinet-Serville, 1838) Hebard (1933b: 123, 124), followed by Hanitsch (1933b: 142; 1936: 398), stated that this species is found from [southern] India to the Pacific, where it ap­ pears to be commoner in the east than in the west, thus, without actually saying so, implying that it occurs in Micronesia. Hebard did, however, inadvertently provide a Micronesian record which was repeated by Fullaway & Krauss (1945: 33) and by Princis (1965: 358), as will be discussed below. In the reference below, the name used for the species is D. dytiscoides unless otherwise indicated. PALAU Babeldaob: Gressitt (1953a: 98, 157; the locality, MeJakeiok, but not the island, is given). C. CAROLINE Chuuk: Dublon I.: C. Willemse (1951: 327,355). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: C. Willemse (1951: 327, 355). Pohnpei: Thaxter (1902: 17; 1908: 229; both references are to "Ascension Island, South Atlantic" [sic] instead of "South Sea[s]", i.e., South Pacific, see below); Hebard (1933b: 123, 124, as last); Fullaway and Krauss (1945: 33, as Ascension Island, clearly fol­ lowing Hebard, foe cit. but conveniently omitting the name of the ocean!); Roth and Willis (1960: 135, as D. punctata; reference to Thaxter, above, and to Ascen­ sion Island, but again conveniently without reference to the ocean involved); Prin­ cis (1965: 358, as D. punctata; "Ascension-lnsel," again without the name of the ocean, but presumably taken from Hebard, loc. cit. as no other relevant reference is cited). There is also a male in the Lyman Entomological Museum labelled "Caro­ line Is., Ponape, 1946. coll o".Thaxter (1902, 1908) described a fungus, Her­ pomyces Diplopterae (Laboulbeniaceae) from "Diploptera dytiscoides," giving the origin of the matter as "Ascension Island, South Atlantic," but, although it is a species widely distributed by commerce in the Pacific and Indian Ocean regions, there is no evidence that D. punctata occurs on any Atlantic island. It does not seem to be present on St. Helena (a considerable amount of orthopteroid material has been examined by the authors and by others from that island), where it might be expected to occur if it were really present on the Atlantic Ascension Island lying to its north. As indicated below, it was almost certainly mere assumption (if not carelessness) on Thaxter's part that placed the source of his material "oceans apart" from whence it really came. The name of Ascension Island in the South At­ lantic is reasonably well known, whereas the use of the same European name for Pohnpei in the eastern Caroline (Senyavin) Islands of the South Pacific was falling into disuse even at the turn of the century, when Thaxter wrote. Through the kindness of Dr. L.M. Roth, a search was made in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and also in the mycological collection of Harvard Univer­ sity, Cambridge, Massachusetts, for Thaxter's cockroach specimen (said to have been numbered MCZ 1371). Though various of Thaxter's insect and mycological specimens were located, however, this particular one did not come to light. Never- 282 Micronesica 30(2), 1997 theless, we can be reasonably sure that it came from the Pacific, not the Atlantic Ascension Island for the reasons indicated below. The specimen reported by Hebard (1933b: 124) from "Ascension Island, South Atlantic" has been located, through the kind co-operation of Mr. Donald Azuma, in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Its very small data label, neatly written in an unknown hand, clearly reads ''Ascension Is./ South Sea". The expression "South Sea(s)" unequivocally means the South Pacific, not the South Atlantic. Hebard (1933b) was uncharacteristically careless (since he was far from ignorant) when he published his misleading misinformation! The determination label on Hebard's specimen is also interesting. In Hebard's own neat hand, and within a black-lined border, above the printed words "Hebard Collection" are written "Diploptera/ dytiscoides/ (Serv.)" and "Det./ Morse". That is to say, the specimen was, remarkably, not determined by Hebard himself. A.P. Morse's origi,nal determination label, if any, apparently had been removed at some time, but the fact that this well known New England orthopterist had determined the specimen is significant. It would most likely have been Morse who had identified Thaxter's cockroach also, for he was the handiest expert at the time (S. H. Scudder being hors de combat). Indeed, Morse may have provided Thaxter with the infected cockroach in the first place. Hebard (1933b) did not indicate whence he had ac­ quired his specimen, but he certainly corresponded (and probably exchanged mate­ rial) with Morse. I am therefore convinced that Thaxter's (1902) and Hebard's (1933b) specimens originated from the same source. It is even possible, as Thaxter's specimen cannot be located where it was deposited, that the two might be identical. In any event, there is every reason to believe that Thaxter's, as well as Hebard's, ma­ terial came from Pohnpei and not from the Ascension Island in the South Atlantic.

Fam. NAUPHOETIDAE (= OXYHALOIDAE, auctt.) Subfam. NAUPHOETINAE Nauphoeta cinerea (Olivier, 1789) PALAU Babeldaob: Kevan (1990: 119). The detailed data for the two speci­ mens-male and female-involved (University of Guam insect collection and Lyman Entomological Museum, respectively), in addition to the island group and island, are: "Palau Airport, 8.IX.1986, intercepted A. Albert. Via 'Air Nauru' from Manila [Philippines]".

Subfam. PYCNOSCELINAE Pycnoscelus indicus (Fabricius, 1775) and/or Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnaeus, 1758) Syn.: Epilampra dimorpha Shiraki, 1906 Calolampra dimorpha; Shelford, 1910 Roth & Willis (1961) gave evidence that many of the previous "Pycnoscelus surinamensis" records for the Pacific region referred, in fact, to the "bisexual Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 283 strain," that is to say, to P. indicus, as recognized by Roth (1967). Nevertheless, as both occur together in the Hawaiian Islands and elsewhere, it would be very pre­ sumptuous, without a thorough investigation of all available relevant material, to favor one species over the other in the records given below. It can only be said that the parthenogenetic P. surinamensis seems to occur on Guam, but, as I have seen no Micronesian male, I cannot personally confirm ( or deny) that P. indicus does not also occur there or elsewhere. Asahina (1982: 329) records a male from Iwo­ Jima in the Kazan Islands, so that the latter species occurs there at least, though he called it P. surinamensis. Townes (1946: 28) noted that "P.surinamensis" is generally distributed in Mi­ cronesia, but usually restricted to the vicinity of buildings, roadsides or the edges of fields, but he mentioned no particular island or group, and there is no way of knowing (without recourse to his specimens), whether he referred to both species or only to one. Princis (1964: 263-273), who, at the time, regarded the spelling of the generic name Pycnoscelus as a lapsus calami for Pycnoscelis (see Kevan, 1980: 31, for clarification) and who, as was then customary, regarded indicus as a junior synonym of surinamensis, cited some of the relevant Micronesian literature. Nevertheless, he did not, when summarizing the species' distribution, indicate that this included Micronesia; only that it was circumtropical and of Oriental origin­ though it also occurs in greenhouses in temperate countries. Kevan (1990: 114) re­ ferred to P. surinamensis as occurring in Micronesia, but he mentioned no specific island or group; he did not refer to P. indicus. In the references given below, the generic name was correctly spelled "Pyc­ noscelus" and the specific name was given as surinamensis unless otherwise indi­ cated. [JOHNSTON: Bryan (1926a: 13; 1926b: 89); Zimmerman (1948: 94); Roth and Willis (1961: 21; implication that the "bisexual strain," i.e., P. indicus, was chiefly involved).] WAKE: Bryan (1926a: 15; 1926b: 89). OGASAWARA: Shiraki (1906: 17, 22, 23, pl. II, figure 6, as Epilampra di­ morpha, n. sp.); Shelford (1910a: 10, as Calolampra dimorpha; only "Japan" given for distribution); Matsumura (1913: 12, pl. 2, figure 10, as Calolampra (Epilampra) dimorpha; 1914: 118, as Epilampra dimarpho [sic]); Esaki (1930: 207, as Epilampra dimorpha); Furukawa (1930: 230, synonymy established, but as Leucopeaea [sic], notLeucophaea as in Princis, 1964: 268); Shiraki (1931: 177, as Leucophaea; Epilampra dimorpha synonymized); Matsumura (1931: 1375, figure [5], 1376, as Leucophaea); Kato (1932: pl.5, figure 2, as Leucophaea); Shiraki (1932: 2043, figure [l], as Leucophaea); Matsumura (1933: 35, as Leucophaea); Shiraki (1950: 56, figure 140, as Leucophaea); Ishihara (1954: 2, as Leucophaea); Asahina (1955: 200, as Leucophaea). KAZAN Iwo-Jima: Asahina (1982: 330; as the only adult recorded was a male, we must assume that only P. indica, not P. surinamensis was involved). MARIANA Guam: Swezey (1946:7); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 = 6); Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986, as P. sp.,? surinamensis). 284 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

PALAU: Schmeltz & Pohl (1869: 29, as "Epilampra sp.?"), Gressitt (1953a: 63, as Pycnoscelus only, 98, 155, 156; the "black cockroach" [nymphs], pp. 52, 61, probably refer also). CAROLINE (GENERAL): Frogatt (1910: 409, as "Carolinas" [sic], not an error for Carolina [or Caroline] Island in the southern Line Islands); Zimmerman (1948: 94). C. CAROLINE Chuuk Dublon I: C. Willemse (1951: 327, 355 [no Dublon I. on latter p.], as Pycnoscelis [sic]). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986, as P. sp.? surina­ mensis). MARSHALL (RALIK)Ailinghapalap: Jabvat (= Jabwot) I.: Ehrhorn (1939: 196). Enewetak: Roth and Willis (1961: 121; implication that P. surinamensis, s.str., was chiefly involved); Samuelson and Nishida (1987: 149, 170, latter from Ananij I., Elugelab I., Japtan I., Enewetak I. and Medren I., as Pycnoscelis [sic]; also 160 as Pycnoscelis [sic] only). Jaluit: Ehrhorn (1939: 191). Kwajalein: Kwa­ jalein I, and Roi-Namur I.: Sugerman (1972a: 275). MARSHALL (RATAK)Bikini: Cole (1951: 247). KIRIBATI: Zimmerman (1948: 94); Manser (1974: 7, as Pycnoscelis [sic]; jointly with Ellice [Tuvalu] Islands). OCEAN GP Nauru: Froggatt (1910: 408). [TUVALU: Manser (1974: 7, as Pycnoscelis [sic]; jointly with Gilbert [Kiri­ bati] Islands).] [PHOENIX Canton: Van Zwaluwenburg (1943: 305; 1951: 3).] [LINE Kiritimati: Krauss (1953: 218, as "probably Pycnoscelus surinamen­ sis," though more likely to be P. indicus).]

Fam. EPILAMPRIDAE Subfam. PHORASPIDINAE Haanina pelewensis (Saussure, 1895) Gressitt (1954: 160), as Homalopteryx pelewensis, referred to this species as oc­ curring in Micronesia, but without specific reference to island or group. In the references below, the same name is used unless otherwise indicated. PALAU: Schmeltz & Pohl (1879: 65, as "Homalopteryx sp. ?"); Saussure (1895: 341, 342); W.F.Kirby (1904: 115, as H Pelewensis); Shelford (1910a: 8); C. Willemse (1951: 355); Gressitt (1953a: 98, 154): Princis (1967: 642, as Haanina). Angaur: C. Willemse (1951: 325,326,355,361, pl. 9, figure 1, as var. atropunctata nov. var.); F.Willemse (1966: 31, asH p. artropunctata [sic] n. var. [sic], without lo­ cality); Princis (1967: 642, as Haanina pelewensis var. atropunctata). Babeldaob: C. Willemse (1951: as above; locality Melekeiok). Peleliu:? Townes (1946: 29, as "an epilamprine between the leaf bases of Pandanus and of Pleomele angustifolia").

Pseudoplatia atra Hanitsch, 1930 The description of this species was published again (as a new species) in 1931.

Megamareta Megamareta

the Ogasawara Islands are concerned. The evidence seems to indicate that that indicate to seems evidence The concerned. are Islands Ogasawara the

moved from one genus to another, including including another, to genus one from moved

roaches" only);? Gressitt (1954: 150, 150, last). as (1954: Gressitt only);? roaches"

identity of this subspecies, it having been mistaken for for mistaken been having it subspecies, this of identity

Lupparia Lupparia

only). only).

latter from Bokombako Bokombako from latter

(1946: 28); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 3 I: Pt. (1948: Beller 28); (1946:

less otherwise indicated. indicated. otherwise less

curs in in curs

chostylus chostylus

this and similar species, did not refer to Micronesia. Kevan (1990: 114, as as 114, (1990: Kevan Micronesia. to refer not did species, similar and this Syn. Syn.

cality is Purtan Laminibot). Laminibot). Purtan is cality

(1990: 366, 367, figure 6, 368, figure 7, as as 7, figure 368, 6, figure 367, 366, (1990: (see Roth 1990). There could be, but probably is not, an element of doubt regard­ doubt of element an not, is probably but be, could 1990). There Roth (see

Swezey, 1946, but not mentioning Guam or or Guam mentioning not but 1946, Swezey,

(see Princis 1969, Asahina 1973a), but it has now settled in in settled now has it but 1973a), 1969, Asahina Princis (see

This species has been placed under a number of different generic names, including including names, generic different of a number under placed been has species This

ing the validity of the earlier literature records, as Asahina (1973a), who treated treated who (1973a), Asahina as records, literature earlier the of validity the ing

to the west); Bruijning (1947: 209 only; also Sangihe Islands); Princis (1967: 646). 646). (1967: Princis Islands); Sangihe also only; 209 (1947: Bruijning the to west);

as as

Rhabdoblatta, Rhabdoblatta,

Like the previous species, species, previous the Like

MARSHALL (RATAK) (RATAK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Townes (1946: 28). 28). Townes (1946: (GENERAL): MARSHALL

MARIANA Southern: Townes (1946: 28). 28). Townes (1946: Southern: MARIANA

The literature references given below use the name name the use given below references literature The

CAROLINE (GENERAL): Townes (1946: 28). 28). Townes (1946: (GENERAL): CAROLINE

TALAUD: Princis (1967: 685). 685). (1967: TALAUD: Princis

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia

TALAUD: Hanitsch (1936: 390,395; also from neighbouring Sangihe Islands Islands Sangihe neighbouring from also 390,395; (1936: TALAUD: Hanitsch

Micronesia, Micronesia,

Walker 1868, 1868, Walker

or or

Luppova [lapsus calami]), calami]), [lapsus Luppova

Hebard, 1943. There has also been confusion in the literature over over the literature in the confusion 1943. also been has There Hebard,

from Beo); Princis (1957: 138, 138, as (1957: Princis Beo); from

Balta pallidiola boninensis boninensis pallidiola Balta

vi/is; vi/is;

but mentioned no island or group. group. or island no mentioned but

Subfam. Subfam.

Stictolampra concinula concinula Stictolampra

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Onychostylus Onychostylus

auctt., nee nee auctt.,

I. I.

Balta notulata notulata Balta

and Japtan Japtan and

Superfam. Superfam.

Subfam. Subfam.

Fam.BLATTELLIDAE Fam.BLATTELLIDAE

PSEUDOPHYLLODROMIINAE PSEUDOPHYLLODROMIINAE

Enewetak: Enewetak:

Arno: Arno:

Phyllodromia pallidiola pallidiola Phyllodromia

= =

Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1865. 1865. Wattenwyl, von Brunner

? Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 10, as "wood "wood as 10, (1953: Rivers La & Usinger ?

Karakelong: Karakelong:

EPILAMPRINAE EPILAMPRINAE

Bolivar, 1897, 1897, and Bolivar,

6); Princis (1969: 958, as as 958, (1969: Princis 6);

ECTOBIOIDEA ECTOBIOIDEA

I.; I.;

from the literature, noted that that noted literature, the from

Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 149, 170, 170, 149, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson

as as

(Stal, (Stal,

Balta; Balta;

Lupparia; Lupparia;

(Walker, 1859) 1859) (Walker,

Micronesia Micronesia

(Asahina, 1985) 1985) (Asahina,

Guam: Guam:

Onychostylus Onychostylus

1858) 1858)

Bruijning (1947: 209,227,228, 209,227,228, (1947: Bruijning

specimen seen, exact Tinian lo­ exact Tinian seen, specimen

S. S.

buqueti concinula). concinula). buqueti

Swezey (1946: 6); 6); Townes (1946: Swezey

B. vi/is vi/is B.

Graptoblatta notulata notulata Graptoblatta

also p. 160 as as 160 p. also

Graptoblatta Graptoblatta

Shiraki, 1906, has been been has 1906, Shiraki,

as such). such). as

Bolivar, 1897, and and 1897, Bolivar,

Balta Balta

(below) insofar as as insofar (below)

Lupparia; Lupparia;

Tepper, 1893 1893 Tepper,

Tinian: Tinian:

notulata notulata

ebard, 1929 1929 ebard,

Lupparia Lupparia

B. vi/is vi/is B.

citing citing

Roth Roth

Ony­

un­

oc­ 285 285

Ony­

Hebard, Hebard,

Kurukawa Kurukawa

Phyllodro­

Lupparia); Lupparia);

is is known in

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia

part); part); Asahina

Asahina Asahina (1965:

vi/is vi/is

"Lupparia "Lupparia vi/is".

sp. sp. referring [3]; to

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia vi/is,

B. B.

Asahina Asahina (1955: 204,

Princis Princis (1969: 960, as

Megamareta Megamareta pallidiola

Roth Roth (1990: 369, figure

Balta Balta

Bolivar, Bolivar, 1897, but it has been

Hasegawa Hasegawa (1968: 14, as

part; part; 1914: 118, as

Onychostylus); Onychostylus);

Megamareta Megamareta verticalis

L. L. Vi/is);

Shiraki, Shiraki, from 1906, the Ogasawara

Onychostylus Onychostylus pallidiolus boninensis

Onychostylus); Onychostylus);

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia pallidiola);

XII.1986, XII.1986, as

Megamareta Megamareta pallidiola,

spp. spp.

This, This, in turn, was synonymized by Roth

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia vi/is);

of of Shiraki (1931: 202, figure from the 16),

as as synonym; 1965: 7, 8, figure 9, 1-10, 10,

synonym of this); Furukawa ( 1948: 17 6, 6, synonym as of this); 1948: Furukawa 17 (

Shiraki Shiraki (1931: 201, as

Onychostylus Onychostylus

(in (in litt.

a a

Balta Balta

one mention mention one as

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Townes Townes (1946: 28, as "a small pale green [sic]

(Brunner (Brunner Wattenwyl, von 1865)

? ?

Onychostylus. Onychostylus.

pallidiola pallidiola

Anonymous Anonymous (1958: 80, as

Onychostylus Onychostylus pallidiolus);

Lupparia, Lupparia,

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia pallidiola

Dr. Dr. L.M. Roth

Tepper, Tepper, by Roth 1893, (1990). Shiraki (1931: 201) incorrectly

Balta Balta vilis

Periplaneta Periplaneta [lapsus]pallidiola,

so so that several Micronesian references to the latter species are

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia ogatai

Walker, Walker, 1868, and

Tepper, Tepper, 1893.

Princis Princis (1969: 990, 991, as

Blattella Blattella pallidiola);

part); part); Esaki (1930: 207, as

Ishihara Ishihara (1954: 3, 5, as

Iwo-Jima: Iwo-Jima:

Balta Balta

vi/is, vi/is,

Peleliu: Peleliu:

Balta Balta

like like the two previous species, has been placed in different genera, in­

Asahina Asahina (1973a: Cochran figure 5); 196, et al. (1975: 23, as

part); part); Shelford (1908: as 12, last; "Japan" only); Matsumura (1913: 8

Lupparia Lupparia

vi/is); vi/is);

Blattella Blattella vi/is, withpallidiola

PALAU PALAU

KAZAN KAZAN

MARIANA MARIANA Southern:

OGASAWARA: Shiraki Shiraki OGASAWARA: (1906: 20, 17, 21[, pl. II, figure l], as

2, 2, figure l], as

12, 13, figure figure 20-26, 13, 12, figure 14, 30 as [map],

8,370, 8,370, 371).

species on on species leaves of trees with denser foliage").

a a male in the University of Guam insect collection, dated 15.V.1984, coll. I.

1943, noted; noted; 1943, 1985b: 2, 3, figure 1-8, 4, 8, as

Cochran Cochran (1982: 24, as

14, figure figure 14, 30 [map], as

synonymized synonymized his own

Micronesia Micronesia (as mainly a domiciliary species) only from a single island.

island island of Kotosho (immediately southeast of Taiwan), with

also also synonymized

incorrect incorrect (see Princis 1969: 991; and above). Princis (1969: 960), with a query,

Lupparia); Lupparia);

cluding cluding

Whether Whether the synonymy is correct remains to be seen. So far,

subsp. nov., from from Chichi-Jima, nov., subsp. Haha-Jima and Ogasawara I.).

Islands, Islands, with

(1973a: (1973a: [196, figure 3, 197, figure 10,] part, 198, Ogasawara Islands not specifi­

transferred transferred to

[pl. [pl.

cally cally mentioned-only as "Japan"; similarity to

chostylus chostylus vi/is);

(1930: (1930: 229, as

(1990) (1990) with

(Shiraki, (Shiraki, 1906) back into

part, part, as Balta Balta vi/is,

does not does occur there, but, so far as Micronesia is concerned, only in the Kazan Is­

mia mia pallidiola,

transferred transferred what he had previously (Asahina 1973a) called

lands lands (specifically Iwo-Jima). Asahina (1985b), in describing this subspecies,

Mareta Mareta

part, part, erroneously making

286 286 pallidiola, pallidiola, Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 287

Schreiner). If the species is not new, the specimen is perhaps more likely to belong to B. jacobsoni (Hebard, 1929), known from Malaysia, Indonesia and the Philip­ pines, than to B. similis (Saussure, 1869), from New Guinea, the Cocos Islands, Samoa and (as an introduction) the Hawaiian Islands. [LINE Kiritimati: Krauss (1953: 218, as "Genus uncertain, Balta or near").]

Margattea n. sp(p ). M remota (Hebard, 1933) is known from the Marquesa and Society Islands of Polynesia, but the specimens noted below do not appear to belong to that species. It is possible that the "pseudomopines among foliage" recorded by Townes (1946: 29) from the Caroline and Marshall Islands generally may have belonged to the same species as the following. MARIANA Guam: "2 mi. S.E. of Agona, 3.VI.1969, I[van] De Soto coll.", 1 ~ (University of Guam insect collection). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: "Mulau, 15.XI.1984, tangerine sweep, D. Nafus coll.", 1 ~(University of Guam insect collection).

Megamareta fascifrons (Chopard, 1929) ? Syn.: Megamareta salomonis Princis, 1970 Lupparia adimonialis; auctt., nee Walker, 1868 As already noted, the generic names Lupparia Walker, 1868, Balta Tepper, 1893, Onychostylus Bolivar, 1897, Megamareta Hebard, 1943, have been the basis of considerable taxonomic confusion. Asahina (1973a) discussed some of the problems and, although he did not synonymize Megamareta with Onychostylus, he considered on the evidence available that the former was well not founded. Roth (1990), however, accepted Megamareta though he synonymized Onychostylus with Balta. Both authors declined to accept Princis' ( 1969) synonymy of any of the other genera with Lupparia, though they agreed that they were closely related. Lupparia is currently regarded as being monotypic. The type species, L. adimoni­ alis (an error for abdominalis?), Walker, 1868, has been reported from Micronesia (Guam), but presumably erroneously (see below). Asahina (1973a: 196, figure 6, 199) indicated that what he believed to be the same species as Mareta [now Megamareta]fascifrons Chopard, 1929, originally described from Samoa, was found in Micronesia (generally, on the pages indicated above). The species was said to differ from Balta notulata (Stal, 1853), which has been reported on several occasions from Micronesia (see above). Asahina (1973a), however, gave only the Ryukyu Islands as its distribution, even though the range is known to be much wider. MARIANA Guam: Swezey (1946: 6, as Lupparia adimonialis); Townes (1946: 29, reference as last); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 = 6, as Lupparia adimonialis); Asahina (1973a: 197, figure 21). Tinian: Dr. L.M. Roth (in litt. XII.1986, tenta­ tively as Balta sp. [2]), with data "C.M.N.I. Tinian: Unai Chulu, 22.XI.1984, coll. 288 Micronesica 30(2), I 997

L. Ellis Neill" and "C.M.N.I. Tinian: Dump area. 24.XI.1984, col. C.D. Bjork"; both females, both from University of Guam insect collection. C. CAROLINE Chuuk: Asahina (1973a: 187, figure 24). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: Asahina (1973a: 197, figure 22, 23).

Supella longipalpa (Fabricius, 1798) Syn.: Supella supellectilium (Audinet-Serville, 1838) Kevan (1990: 114) mentioned this species as occurring in Micronesia, but no specific island or group was named. OGASAWARA Chichi-Jima: Asahina (1973b: 123, 124, figure 1-3, 128; noted as having been first taken in 1969; 1985a: 24, figure 22-26, 25, 26, as last). MARIANA Guam: Swezey (1946: 6, as S. supellectilium); Townes (1946: 28, as S. supellectilium); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 = 6, as S. supellectilium); Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986). KIRIBATI: Manser (1974: 7; jointly with the next). [TUVALU: Manser (1974: 7; jointly with the last).] [PHOENIX Canton: Van Zwaluwenburg (1943: 305; 1955: 3; both as S. su­ pellectilium ). ]

Subfam.BLATTELLINAE Blattella germanica (Linnaeus, 1767) It is difficult to be sure if all Micronesian records naming this species do, in fact, refer to it and not to B. lituricollis (Walker, 1868), below-or vice versa-but those attributed to Roth (1985) are reliable. Townes (1946: 28) recorded B. ger­ manica from Micronesia generally ( about stores and naval bases), but he named no specific island or group. WAKE Wake I.: Roth (1985: 26). OGASAWARA: Matsumura (1914: 118, as Phyllodromia); Furukawa (1930: 229, as Blattela [sic]); ? Hasegawa (1968: 14, no Latin name, as equivalent of "small winged cockroach"). MARIANA Guam: Swezey (1946: 6; some, at least, misidentified as next species); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 = 6, as Blatella [sic], as last); Dr. Ilse Schreiner ( in In litt. X.1986; in University of Guam insect collection; species could be mixed). Tinian: Roth (1985: 22); Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986; in University of Guam insect collection). CAROLINE (GENERAL): Roth (1985: 22). E. CAROLINE Pohnpei: C. Willemse (1951: 326,355, as B. lituricollis; see next reference); Roth (1985: 22). In the last reference there is a record of a female from "Ascension Island". As this name was formerly applied to Pohnpei, as well as to the better known island in the South Atlantic (see discussion under Diploptera punctata, above), the record may well be Micronesian in the absence of evidence to the contrary. Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 289

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160 based on next reference). MARSHALL (RALIK.) Kwajalein: Kwajalein I. and Roi-Namur I.: Suger­ man (1972a: 275). As Sugerman listed separately what he believed to be B. lituri­ collis, this record for B. germanica is doubtless correct.

Blattella lituricollis (Walker, 1868) Specimens of "B. germanica" collected away from the vicinity of human habita­ tions probably belonged to the present species, particularly where association with growing crop plants was indicated, as in Swezey ( 1946) and Beller (1948). The two species are very similar, B. lituricollis being slightly the smaller and more delicate (for details, see Roth, 1985). The Caroline Islands record of that species given by C. Willemse (1951: 326,355), however, apparently referred to B. germanica (see Roth, 1985: 22). Townes (1946: 28) noted that the present species occurs in Mi­ cronesia generally (among grass and along roadsides, etc.; also at airports and in buildings, though these more probably involved B. germanica); he named no spe­ cific island or group for this species. [JOHNSTON Johnston I.: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 65).] WAKE Wake I.: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 67). OGASAWARA:? Hasegawa (1968: 14, as equivalent of"Ogasawara cockroach" only); Roth (1985: 13, 14, as "Bonin Island" [sic]). Chichi-Jima: Roth (1985: 65). KAZAN lwo-Jima: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 65; last p. adds "Volcano Island" [sic] instead of vice versa). MARCUS:? Sakagami (1953: 26, as"? Blattella sp.". MARIANA: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 66). Guam: Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3 = 6, as Blatella [sic]; ? also as B. germanica, part); Roth (1985: 13, 14, 54; noted that a male from Merizo and determined by O.H. Swezey as B. germanica was included). Saipan: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 66); Tinian: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 67). PALAU Angaur and Koror: Roth (1985: 65 only). W. CAROLINE Yap Gp Yap I.: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 67). C. CAROLINE ChuukMoen I.: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 67). E. CAROLINE Pohnpei: dubious record by C. Willemse (1951: 326,355) as this species, but apparently incorrect, at least in part-see under B. germanica. MARSHALL (RALIK.) Enewetak: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 64; last p. adds Japtan I.); Samuelson and Nishida (1987: 149, 170, latter from Enjebi I. and Japtan I.; also 160 as Blattella only). Kwajalein: Roth (1985: 13, 14, 65); Enubuj I. and Kwajalein I.: Sugerman (1972a: 375, as apparently this species). MARSHALL (RATAK) Majuro: Roth.(1985: 13, 14, 65).

Lobopterella dimidiatipes (Bolivar, 1890) W. CAROLINE Ulithi Asor I.: Rehn (1945: 2, as Loboptera); C. Willemse (1951: 355, as Loboptera). Princis (1969: 856) cites these references but makes no mention of Micronesian islands in his distribution summary for the species.

(sic) (sic)

6, as as 6,

= =

Germ." Germ."

Orthodera Orthodera

Acromantis Acromantis

and and he there­

despite despite his indication

it it is probable that the

(1899: (1899: 520, but as last, au­

A. palauensis palauensis A.

Kevan Kevan (1983: 181-182) for

Beller Beller (1948: Pt. I: 3

& &

"Loboptera "Loboptera decipiens,

et al. al. et

Princis Princis (1969: 851) gave the Rainbow

S. S. hospes);

Hedley Hedley

(Stephens, (Stephens, 1829)

? ?

Loboptera Loboptera decipiens,

Phyllodromia Phyllodromia hospes,

[sic]). [sic]).

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Moen Moen I.: two males collected by A. Bowdenk,

Roth Roth (1985: 61; 1986: 191).]

SUBORDER SUBORDER MANTODEA

Rainbow Rainbow (1897: as 100,

Roth Roth (1984: 61; 1986: 191).]

Swezey Swezey (1946, as

(Perkins, (Perkins, Vickery See 1899).

Symploce Symploce pallens

Chuuk: Chuuk:

Roth Roth (1984: 61; 1984: 1986: 19).]

Howland: Howland:

Canton: Canton:

Guam: Guam:

Funafuti:? Funafuti:?

Wood-Mason, Wood-Mason, 1889, which has also been present in the Palau Islands

Jarvis: Jarvis:

We have have We also seen a male from Guam with the data "Yigo, light trap,

by by Beier (1972). The latter author, as indicated by Kevan (1987), pub­

Symploce Symploce hospes

[LINE [LINE

[PHOENIX [PHOENIX

[HOWLAND [HOWLAND

Gressitt Gressitt (1954: 158, 160, 164, made 189) several mentions of"preying"

[TUVALU [TUVALU

C. C. CAROLINE

Esaki Esaki (1940b: 407) mentioned the occurrence of mantids in Micronesia, stat­

MARIANA MARIANA

As As this has species long been present Islands Hawaiian the in and was, indeed,

Germar, Germar, Palaearctic a 1817, species!);

15.VII.1985 15.VII.1985 (University of Guam insect collection Entomological and Lyman Mu­

burmeisteri burmeisteri

fore fore doubtless referred to some transference of the introduced species,

Chuuk Chuuk Atoll in the central Caroline Islands; "at least three kinds" into the first of

introduced introduced (by human )-Guam agency and Saipan in the Mariana Islands and

= =

ence ence to previous any literature record.

Palau Palau species was one of those that had been introduced into the other islands

only only two additional species of mantids had been introduced, he indicated that the

impression impression (his pp. 158, 189) that he believed that the Palau Islands species to

these these islands and one into each of the others. He named none, giving however, the

ing ing that they found were there only in the Palau Islands (with which he associated

mantids mantids in Micronesia, indicating that, except for the Palau Islands, they had been

mentioned mentioned This was not above. the with case the native

lished lished a fairly comprehensive account of the Micronesian mantids. He did not, Syn.: Syn.:

seum). seum).

which which he referred was indigenous. Nevertheless, on his p. 158, which noted that

Esaki Esaki referred the to small, native mantid which was later described as

26.VI.1969, 26.VI.1969, coll. Ivan De Soto" (University of Guam insect collection).

described described thence under the synonym

however, however, include all the species now known to occur there, and he gave no refer­

the Yap Group Group of the Yap the western Caroline Islands). It probable, is but not certain, that

of of the distribution of that species as being entirely Palaearctic!] S. S. hospes).

(1897) (1897) reference (with a query) under

Micronesian Micronesian populations, at least that of Guam, originated there.

fuller fuller synonymy.

thor thor of species given as "Germain"

290 290 palauensis palauensis Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 291 for a considerable time. The various introduced mantid species are listed below. Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 16) stated that "the only mantid endemic to Mi­ cronesia is from Palau". They referred, of course to A. palauensis, though they did not name it.

Superfam. MANTOIDEA Fam. HYMENOPODIDAE Subfam. ACROMANTINAE Acromantis palauensis Beier, 1972 Although described only in 1972, this species was recorded in the literature decades previously, a fact which Beier (1972) omitted to mention. PALAU: Esaki (1940b: 407, unnamed mantid, presumably this species); Townes (1946: 29, as "a small mantid in the Palaus"); C. Willemse (1951: 355, misidentified as Anaxarcha graminea Stal, 1877; "E. Carol." for W. Caroline, in­ cluding Palau, Islands); Samuelson and Nishida (1987: 160, mentioned, but not named, see above); Kevan (1990: 112). Koror: Beier (1972, 173, 174, incl. figure 1, 175; type locality). Peleliu: C. Willemse (1951: 328, 355, misidentified as Anaxarcha graminea Stal, 1877); Beier (1972: 175). As noted above, Gressitt's (1954: 158, 189) references to Palau Islands man­ tids were to some extent equivocal, but they probably referred to the next, rather than to the present, species.

Fam. ORTHODERIDAE This taxon is usually regarded as a subfamily ofMantidae, but Roy (1987) consid­ ered that it merited full family status.

Subfam. ORTHODERINAE Orthodera burmeisteri Wood-Mason, 1889 As indicated above, Gressitt (1954: 158, 160, 164, 189) referred to this species (presumably) as one of the "preying" (sic) mantids from Micronesia, without men­ tioning a specific group or island. Kevan (1990: 112) referred to 0. burmeisteri as being introduced into Micronesia, but he, too, named no island or group. WAKE Peale I.: Beier (1972: 174). Wake I.: Kevan examined the following: 2, XI.1957, N.L.H. Krauss coll. (University of Guam insect collection); 5 oothecae (as last, but I-II.1957, in Lyman Entomological Museum). Wilkes I.: Beier (1972: 174). OGASAWARA Chichi-Jima: Beier (1972: 173). MARIANA Guam: Gressitt (1954: 158, 189, as "mantid" only); Beier (1972: 173); Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986, including pink form). Saipan: Gressitt (1954: 158, 189, as "mantid" only); Beier (1972: 173); also seen, 1 ~, 1 ootheca, II.1958, N.L.H. Krauss coll. (University of Guam insect collection). Tinian: Gres­ sitt (1954: 158, 189, as "mantid" only); Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986). 292 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

PALAU: Gressitt (1954: 158, 160, 164, as "a preying [sic] mantid" only; also 189 as "mantid" only). Angaur, Babeldaob, Koror and Peleliu: Beier (1972: 173). The species also featured in a British Broadcasting Corporation television pro­ gramme about the islands, mostly filmed on Babeldaob (? in 1982, film released 1983/84). W. CAROLINE Yap Gp. Yap I.: Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986). Beier ( 1972: 173) lists "Yap" but refers only to Chuuk Atoll, below. C. CAROLINE Chuuk: Moen I.:. Beier (1972: 173). E. CAROLINE Pohnpei: examined, 1 ~, labelled as follows: (1) "MICRO­ NESIA: Caroline Isl 's. Senyavin Isl 's. Ponape Isl. N. end Ponape, Takai Mwas Ridge above Luhka. ca. 350 m. 6°56'38''N. 158°15'00"E. 26 Feb.-6 Mar. 1987. Joe. #16 (Otte, Alexander, Flinn)"; (2) "Captured in forest". MARSHALL (GENERAL): Samuelson and Nishida (1987: 160). MARSHALL (RALIK). Kwajalein: Beier (1972: 173); also seen, 2 ~ ~, 19.II.1958, N.L.H. Krauss coll. (University of Guam insect collection); 1 ootheca, same data (Lyman Entomological Museum).

Fam. MANTIDAE Subfam. MANTINAE Hierodula patellifera (Audinet-Serville, 1838) As this species occurs as an introduction in the Hawaiian Islands (Zimmerman, 1948: 102), there has been some speculation that it may also be found on Guam, but there is no evidence to support this so far. The nearest record to Micronesia of which I am aware is the following: MINAMI-DAITO: Yashiro (1939: 29, as Hilrodula [sic]).

Polyspilota aeruginosa (Goeze, 1778) This seems to be a very recent introduction (ultimately of African origin). It is not included in Beier's (1972) list. MARIANA Guam: Kevan (1990: 112; specimens in University of Guam col­ lection).

Statilia pallida Werner, 1922 This Philippine species is very close to S. nemoralis (Saussure, 1870), which is widely distributed in tropical Asia. It differs in markings. MARIANA Guam: ? Gressitt (1954: 158, 189; one of the unnamed introduced mantid species); Beier (1972: 173, 174); Dr Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986, said to be "by far the most common mantid [in the Marianas]" and that "we cannot find any record that it was deliberately introduced ... "); Kevan (1990: 112, 118; deemed an accidental introduction from the Philippines). Tinian: Dr. Ilse Schreiner (in litt. X.1986). A small female examined is labelled: "Tinian, NMI/ Carolina [sic]:

the foremost modern expert on mantid taxonomy, though he also was inconsistent, inconsistent, was also he though taxonomy, mantid on expert modern foremost the

generally favoured the subspecific status (Beier, 1972 and later). Both he (1972: 173, 173, (1972: he Both later). and 1972 (Beier, status subspecific the favoured generally

been ousted by by ousted been

have seen no Micronesian specimen of of specimen Micronesian no seen have

as a variety. Usage has been inconsistent from the start, but Dr. Max Beier, perhaps perhaps Beier, Max Dr. but start, the from inconsistent been has Usage variety. a as

species of of species

troduction (Maehler, 1953: 5), as noted above. above. noted as 5), 1953: (Maehler, troduction

Beier (1972: 173, 174). Unlike Beier (1972), whose record is presumably reliable, I I reliable, presumably is record whose (1972), Beier Unlike 174). 173, (1972: Beier

Bruner (1915: 226) indicated that what he named as as named he what that indicated 226) (1915: Bruner Syn.: Syn.:

of this species into Micronesia, apparently of earlier date than that of the preceding preceding the of that than date earlier of apparently Micronesia, into species this of

Micronesia, but without reference to specific islands or groups. The introduction introduction The groups. or islands specific to reference without but Micronesia, species"); Gressitt (1954: 158, 189; one of the unnamed introduced mantid species); species); mantid introduced unnamed the of one 189; 158, (1954: Gressitt species");

h peet pce. ea (1990 Kevan species. present the

rather similar similar rather

tor" (Lyman Entomological Museum; Museum; Entomological (Lyman tor"

pce, ol hv be fo te aain sad, hr i s netbihd in­ established an is it where Islands, Hawaiian the from been have could species,

that it was apparently a recent introduction. introduction. recent a apparently was it that

Maehler (1953: 5) observed, the Hawaiian (introduced) species is, in fact, the the fact, in is, species (introduced) Hawaiian the observed, 5) (1953: Maehler

or on Guam specifically] is at the very least not common any more."); Kevan ( ( 1990: Kevan more."); any common not least very the at is specifically] Guam on or

tralasiae, tralasiae, hr i a ln be etbihd I ol nt ae oe rm h Hwia Is­ Hawaiian the from come have not would It established. been long has it where

(and as a deliberate introduction) from the continental United States of America, America, of States United continental the from introduction) deliberate a as (and

lands from almost anywhere in southeastern Asia or possibly indirectly thence thence indirectly possibly or Asia southeastern in anywhere almost from lands

University of Guam insect collection; originally determined by an unknown person person unknown an by determined originally collection; insect Guam of University

lands, where it was formerly thought to occur (see Zimmerman, 1948), for, as as for, 1948), Zimmerman, (see occur to thought formerly was it where lands, Beier (1972) did not list this species for Micronesia. Kevan (1990: 112) indicated indicated 112) (1990: Kevan Micronesia. for species this list not did (1972) Beier

as as

1853) is "quite general over Oceanica Oceanica over general "quite is 1853)

6.I.[19]85. [coll.] J.A. T. & C.D. B[jork]" (in Lyman Entomological Museum, Museum, Entomological Lyman (in B[jork]" C.D. & T. J.A. [coll.] 6.I.[19]85.

112). 112).

"Hierodula pallidula," pallidula," "Hierodula

It It

MARIANA MARIANA

Tenodera capitata, capitata, Tenodera

MARIANA MARIANA

Saipan: Saipan:

Tenodera aridifolia sinensis, auctt. auctt. sinensis, aridifolia Tenodera

is still uncertain whether or not not or whether uncertain still is

"which is supposed to be here [ meaning in the Mariana Islands generally, generally, Islands Mariana the in [ here meaning be to supposed is "which

T. T.

aridifolia aridifolia

Examined: 1 1 Examined:

T. T.

T. T.

australasiae australasiae

angustipennis angustipennis

Guam: Guam:

Guam

Tenodera angustipennis angustipennis Tenodera

(Houttuyn (Houttuyn

Tenodera australasiae australasiae Tenodera

Tenodera sinensis sinensis Tenodera

Kevan Kevan

: :

Matsumura, 1906, 1906, Matsumura,

Dr. Ilse Schreiner Schreiner Ilse Dr.

Maehler (1953: 5; "ootheca of what is probably this this probably is what of "ootheca 5; (1953: Maehler

but we know of no mantid with that specific name). name). specific that with mantid no of know we but

~, ~,

& &

(Leach

Vickery

Sia; ..91 A lgt R uipa collec­ Muniappan R. light; 1 At 0.X.1971; "Saipan;

(Schreiner, (Schreiner,

in in

: :

112) mentioned that that mentioned 112)

Stoll', 1813 1813 of ), Stoll',

, ,

: :

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial

1814), below. below. 1814),

T. T.

[sic]," [sic],"

ex ex

sinensis sinensis

T. T.

University of Guam insect collection). collection). insect Guam of University

nee nee

in litt in

Saussure, 1871 1871 Saussure,

(in (in

australasiae, australasiae,

It It

which would seem to apply instead to to instead apply to seem would which

(Leach, 1814) 1814) (Leach,

litt

Saussure, 1869 1869 Saussure,

ol hv rahd h Mraa Is­ Mariana the reached have could

Sussure, 1869 1869 Sussure,

. .

is a valid species or merely a sub­ a merely or species valid a is

. .

above, under that species). species). that under above,

which which

X.1986; noting also that that also noting X.1986;

Tenodera costalis costalis Tenodera

T. T.

it was originally described described originally it was

which perhaps may have have may perhaps which

australasiae australasiae

(Blanchard, (Blanchard,

occurred in in occurred

T. T.

aus­

293 293 ex ex

Ten­

with with

sinen­

"aridi­

aridifolia, aridifolia,

for for the Mi­

P. P.

aridifolia, aridifolia,

Saussure, Saussure, 1869,

and and

the the original descrip­

in in

Paratenodera Paratenodera aridifolia

sinensis sinensis

T. capitata capitata T.

P. P.

"T. aridifolia aridifolia "T. sinensis"

Sinensis," Sinensis,"

Paratenodera Paratenodera aridifolia sinensis);

and, though though and, this is no longer gener­

Stal, Stal, 1856

1930: 1930: 207, as

would would seem, however, that their

It It

SIBYLLINAE SIBYLLINAE

and and "var.

[reference [reference to Matsumura, 1906, above]); Fu­

with with its paler wings and a characteristic ootheca

Paratenodera Paratenodera

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Fam Fam SIBYLLIDAE

Subfamily Subfamily

aridifolia aridifolia

T. T. aridifolia;

Sibylla Sibylla pretiosa

T. capitata capitata T.

Van Zwaluwenburg Zwaluwenburg Van (1947: Beier 18); (1972: 173, as 174,

"sinensis", "sinensis",

lwo-Jima lwo-Jima erroneously listed as "Bonin[= Ogasawara] Is.").

there there can be no doubt that they represent very distinct species."

Iwo-Jima: Iwo-Jima:

p. p. 224 notes it as

proper. proper. Their

aridifolia, aridifolia,

on on the basis of its description all in ( Mandarin), including hind-wing pig­

is is much needed.

is is not mentioned by Beier (1972).

KAZAN KAZAN

OGASAWARA: OGASAWARA: Matsumura (1906: misnamed 14,

The The difference between

Rehn Rehn (1903:705, 706), though he had examined the type specimens of nei­

It It

with with

sia. sia.

T. aridifolia aridifolia T. sinensis;

This This African species is apparently a recent, deliberate introduction into Microne­

family family status.

species, species, by definition, do not overlap in distribution. A generic revision of

174) 174) and Kevan (1990: following him, 112), used

an an African species); Shiraki (1911: 322-324, as

Roy Roy (1987) considered that this taxon, like the Orthoderidae, should be given full

odera odera

indicated indicated by Yan et al. (1961)-even if their nomenclature was incorrect! Sub­

solved. solved. For the present, however, we prefer to recognize two distinct species, for mantid" mantid" only).

rukawa rukawa (1930: 227,228); Hasegawa (1918: no Latin 14; name, equivalent of"large

aware aware that it has ever been sought, let alone located. Without comparison with a

Matsumura Matsumura (1914: 118: as

( also :figured), seems seems also to belong :figured), to some ( other species, possibly true

they they are said to have widely overlapping geographical distributions, such as was

sinensis; sinensis;

deed deed involved. 's original Stoll specimen might possibly still be in existence in the

which which I am not familiar.

type type or, if need ( be, the establishment of a ), neotype the problem remains unre­

Leiden Leiden Museum (where other of 's Stoll material has survived), but we are not

ally ally recognized, some recent authors, particularly in the Orient, continue to use tion tion of the latter, would appear to be such that two, rather than one, species are in­

He He placed both in his new genus

sinensis sinensis

cronesian cronesian form, the latter without author mention specific island of group. or mentation mentation and the form of the ootheca are, in (:figured) fact, more in keeping with

who who clearly distinguish between what they regard as

that that generic name and to accept both species. Among such are Yan et al. (1961),

sis sis

ther, ther, was quite definite that two species were involved: "after comparison of

both both morphologically and bionomically.

294 294 folia," folia,"

Holmgren, 1913, 1913, Holmgren,

to New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands), Islands), Loyalty the and Caledonia New to

totermes albipes albipes totermes volved. volved.

islands," without any indication of how extensively this was to be interpreted. interpreted. be to was this extensively how of indication any without islands,"

(1970) and cited by Ernst Ernst by cited and (1970)

year, Gressitt (1954: 136, 145, 150, 151, 156, 161, 167) made references in general in general 167) references 161, 156, made 151, 150, 145, 136, (1954: Gressitt year,

termined termite for OnotoaAtoll in the Kiribati (Gilbert) Islands, and, and, same in the Islands, (Gilbert) Kiribati in the OnotoaAtoll for termite termined

terms to Micronesian termites (his pp. 150 and 156 refer, respectively, to Arno and and 156 to Arno respectively, refer, 150 and pp. (his termites Micronesian to terms

i,bt frtems at n niain a ie st h sad o pce in­ species or islands the to as given was indication no part, most the for but, sia, Some such species are, in fact, not Micronesian. Examples of these include include these of Examples Micronesian. not fact, in are, species such Some

Onotoa Atolls-see above). He estimated that 18 species might occur in Microne­ in occur might 18 species that estimated He above). Atolls-see Onotoa

aa Can fte asal sad; or pce i s ay eea ee indi­ were genera many as in species four Islands; Marshall the of Chain Ratak

Rivers (1953: 10, 12, 26, 28) mentioned termites generally for Arno Atoll in the the in Atoll Arno for generally termites mentioned 28) 26, 12, 10, (1953: Rivers dicated below under the appropriate species. Moul (1954: 13, 22) listed an unde­ an listed 22) 13, (1954: Moul species. appropriate the under below dicated

casions without naming species, though elsewhere he named several, as will be in­ be will as several, named he elsewhere though species, naming without casions

42) gave general (as well as more specific) references to termites from Micronesia; Micronesia; from termites to references specific) as more well (as gave general 42)

cated, but none was named. Gressitt (1953a: 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 69, 98, 102, 104, 104, 102, 98, 69, 66, 64, 62, 60, 58, (1953a: Gressitt named. was none but cated,

he mentioned one species of termite by name name by termite of species one mentioned he

on his p. 19, he referred in general terms specifically to Guam. Usinger & La La & Usinger Guam. to specifically terms general in referred he 19, p. his on

ence to the region; he only implied the presence of other species. Bryan (1948: 23, 23, (1948: Bryan species. other of presence the implied only he region; the to ence the eastern Caroline Islands, but genus and species were undetermined. Esaki Esaki undetermined. were species and genus but Islands, Caroline eastern the

but no Latin name was given. Bryan (1926a: 13) referred to an undetermined undetermined an to referred 13) (1926a: Bryan given. was name Latin no but

Micronesia, but neither species nor island was named. Townes (1946: (1946: Townes named. was island nor species neither but Micronesia,

publications as indicated below. below. indicated as publications

that cannot be incorporated under individual species will be found in a number of of number a in found be will species individual under incorporated be cannot that

(1940b: 408) noted Kalotermitidae and Termitidae as being widely distributed in in distributed widely being as Termitidae and Kalotermitidae noted 408) (1940b:

rendered valuable assistance to a mythological hero, Olifat (Poignant, 1967: 76; 76; 1967: (Poignant, Olifat hero, mythological a to assistance valuable rendered

note that, in the folklore of the indigenous peoples of the Caroline Islands, termites termites Islands, Caroline of the peoples indigenous of the folklore in the that, note species from Wake Atoll. Ehrhorn (1939: 191) recorded a termite from Kosrae in in Kosrae from termite a recorded 191) (1939: Ehrhorn Wake Atoll. from species

5,16 etoe trie (rIotr) o h aa sad o ueos oc­ numerous on Islands Palau the for Isoptera) (or termites mentioned 156) 152,

southern Oceanian, particularly Micronesian, islands. References to Micronesia Micronesia to References islands. Micronesian, particularly Oceanian, southern

(1987) cited a number of publications relating to species occurring on smaller smaller on occurring species to relating publications of number a cited (1987)

1917) as being the commonest species in Micronesia, gave only this general refer­ general this only gave Micronesia, in species commonest the being as 1917)

Siganos, 1985: 1985: 26-27). Siganos,

sity of Guam insect collection). collection). insect Guam of sity

More recently, some references to individual species were made by Bess Bess by made were species individual to references some recently, More

Kuwana (1912: 365-368) mentioned termites from the Ogasawara Islands, Islands, Ogasawara the from termites mentioned 365-368) (1912: Kuwana

By way of introduction to the termites of Micronesia, it may be of interest to to interest of be may it Micronesia, of termites the to introduction of way By

MARIANA MARIANA

So far as general Micronesian references to termites are concerned, Kevan Kevan concerned, are termites to references Micronesian general as far So

K. Holmgren and N. Holmgren, 1915 (Kalotermitidae, endemic endemic (Kalotermitidae, 1915 Holmgren, N. and Holmgren K.

S. S.

Guam: Guam:

solomonensis solomonensis

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Kevan Vickery:

Kevan (1990: 112; based upon a specimen in the Univer­ the in specimen a upon 112; based (1990: Kevan

& &

Araujo (1986), giving their distribution as the "Pacific "Pacific as the distribution their giving (1986), Araujo

SUBORDER ThRMITODEA ThRMITODEA SUBORDER

(Snyder, 1925), and and 1925), (Snyder,

Isoptera Isoptera

Schedorhinotermes medioscurus medioscurus Schedorhinotermes

(Nasutitermes brevirostris brevirostris (Nasutitermes

S. S.

umbricatus umbricatus

(Hill, 1927) 1927) (Hill,

31), 31),

Oshima, Oshima,

Cryp­

while while

N. N. 295 295

& &

H. H.

im­

Blat­

hermsi hermsi

C. C.

1906, 1906, Bacchus

from from the Pacific islands

Banlcs, Banlcs,

Sugerman Sugerman (1972a: 276);

Diploptera Diploptera punctata,

and and mentions

I.: I.:

Ponape Ponape [= Pohnpei]". Ernst

Oshima, Oshima, 1913 [Bacchus (1987:

[sic] [sic]

domesticus domesticus

(Haviland, (Haviland, 1898)

Nawa Nawa (1912: 440, pl. XXIII, upper

I.]. I.].

piceatus piceatus

(Walker, (Walker, 1853)

C. C.

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes

U. U.

Holmgren, Holmgren, 1912.

Kwajalein Kwajalein

C. C.

30(2), 30(2), 1997

Hill, Hill, 1926.

trees trees at

Sugerman Sugerman (1972b: 287); Ernst & Araujo

agasawarensis agasawarensis (sic)].

I.: I.:

KALOTERMITINAE KALOTERMITINAE

Micronesica Micronesica

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

Kirby, Kirby, 1925.

Snyder, Snyder, 1922

Oshima, Oshima, 1912 [Bacchus (1987: 51) gave incorrect ref­

Fam. Fam. KALOTERMITIDAE

H. H.

Subfam. Subfam.

Nawa Nawa (1911: 423, figure [l], as "Ogasawara Shima shi­

below, below, from Fanning

Tectona grandis grandis Tectona

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes brevis

Snyder Snyder (1949: 39-seems to stem from a mistaken reading

Y. Y.

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes domesticus

domesticus, domesticus,

Fanning: Fanning:

Araujo Araujo (1986: 460). Lib

C. C.

& &

Calotermes Calotermes kotoensis

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes piceatus

Calotermes Calotermes (Cryptotermes) buxtoni OGASAWARA: OGASAWARA:

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes hermsi

Calotermes Calotermes formosae (Cryptotermes)

Calotermes Calotermes (Cryptotermes) ogasawarensis

For For further synonymy, see Snyder (1949) and Bacchus (1987).

[LINE [LINE

Ernst Ernst Araujo & (1986: 638) referred to

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RALIK)

MARSHALL MARSHALL (GENERAL): Ernst &Araujo (1986: 636,731); Samuelson

In In his recent revision of the genus

it it from the latter, but without reference to any specific island or group.

only only in general terms, but Micronesia was inferred. Kevan (1990: 114) mentioned

roari" roari" [= Bonin Islands white ant] only);

Syn.: Syn.:

51) 51) misspelled the specific name as

erence erence dated 1914].

of of Light, 1931: 588, where he discusses

(1986: (1986: 461).

South South Atlantic island and not to Pohnpei (see under

Kirby= Kirby=

Syn.: Syn.:

Ernst Ernst

such such had been published. His reference to Ascension Island is definitely to the

(1987) (1987) gave no record for this species from Micronesian nearby or islands, though

Nishida Nishida (1987: noted 160; that the species is not yet known from EnewetakAtoll).

todea, todea, above).

cated cated under the appropriate taxa, below.

( 197 4 ), but but ), without naming 4 species or islands 197 this in ( connection. Some their of

and Termitidae Termitidae and generally from the "Pacific islands," with particlar reference to Gay

& Araujo Araujo & (1986: 179, 713, 830, 860) mentioned Kalotermitidae, Rhinotermitidae

"Termites "Termites ... attacked

plications plications do, however, relate to particular Micronesian species, as will be indi­

(Rhinotermitidae, (Rhinotermitidae, from the Inda-Malayan region, the Solomon Islands and New

Britain, Britain, respectively). B. Gray (1974: 46), who recorded various species ofter­

296 296 mites mites from the southern Pacific islands, in respect of Micronesia noted only that

59, 31, figure 105, 53, 54, 85, figure 138-140, 86, figure 141-143, 87, figure figure 87, 141-143, figure 86, 138-140, figure 85, 54, 53, 105, figure 31, 59,

four unnamed species); Gressitt (1984: 150, without name); Gay (1967: 11, 22; 22; 11, (1967: Gay name); without 150, (1984: Gressitt species); unnamed four

man (1936: 11, 12, as last); Hill (1942: 70, 71, figure 29, 72, as as 72, figure 71, 29, 70, (1942: 12, 11, Hill last); as (1936: man

sawarensis [sic]. [sic]. sawarensis

hermsi; hermsi;

(1949: 41); Gay (1969: 465); Ernst & Araujo (1986; 638, 671).] 671).] 638, (1986; & Araujo Ernst 465); (1969: Gay 41); (1949:

72, as as 72,

(1936: 11, 12, 12, 11, as (1936:

lands, beyond the geographical range considered here: Light & Zimmerman Zimmerman & Light here: considered range geographical the beyond lands,

214, as as 214,

totermes) buxtoni); buxtoni); totermes)

hermsi, hermsi,

21; 1969: 465, 476); Ernst & Araujo (1986: 638, 681); Bacchus (1987: as under under as (1987: Bacchus 681); 638, (1986: Araujo & Ernst 476); 465, 1969: 21;

hermsi); hermsi);

Holmgren, 1911, 1911, Holmgren,

26, figure 80, p. 32, figure 108, p. 38, figure 125, p. 50-52, 85, figure 138, 140, 140, p. 138, figure 85, 50-52, 125, p. figure 38, 108, p. figure 32, p. 80, figure 26,

Bonin] Islands); Bacchus (1987: 2, 3, 5, figure 2, 3, p. 9, 10, 14, figure 24, 25, p. p. 25, 24, 14, figure 10, 9, p. 3, 2, figure 5, 3, 2, (1987: Bacchus Islands); Bonin]

ogasawarensis ogasawarensis

Ogasawara Islands, above, specifically p. 52). 52). p. specifically above, Islands, Ogasawara

Hozawa (1932: 2008, figure [2] [2] as B, figure A, 2008, (1932: Hozawa

71, figure 29, 72, as as 72, 29, figure 71,

2, 4, 5, as last, incl. "n. sp." !); Hozawa (1915: 11, 11, as !); sp." (1915: Hozawa "n. incl. 5, as last, 2, 4,

as as

144-146). 144-146).

fig., as as fig.,

1969: 65, 65, 1969: 477).

as as

spelt spelt

Guam: Guam:

53, figure 11, 54-57, 58, figure 12, 59, 60, figure 13, 61, pl. II, figure 9, 10, 61, as as 10, 61, 9, figure II, 13, pl. 61, figure 60, 12, 59, figure 58, 11, 54-57, figure 53,

86, figure 141-143, p. 87, figure 144-146; p. 51 synonym misspelled as as misspelled synonym 51 p. 144-146; figure 87, p. 141-143, figure 86,

Calotermes (Cryptotermes) kotoensis, kotoensis, (Cryptotermes) Calotermes

103, 111, 114, 115, as last); Hill (1927: 13, 13, as (1927: Hill last); 115, as 114, 111, 103,

Coptotermes [sic, [sic, Coptotermes

10, 20; 1969: 465); Ernst &Araujo (1986: 638,668). 638,668). (1986: &Araujo 1969: 10, Ernst 465); 20;

C. C.

Calotermes (Cryptotermes) kotoensis, kotoensis, (Cryptotermes) Calotermes

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI

MARSHALL (RATAK). (RATAK). MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Ernst Ernst (GENERAL): MARSHALL

h seis lo srcre fo ln Iln i h suhrms Ln Is­ Line southernmost the in Island Flint from recorded is also species The

MARIANA: Snyder (1940: 41); Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess 41); (1940: Snyder MARIANA:

[LINE [LINE

Gryptotermes [sic]); [sic]); Gryptotermes

ogasawarensis ogasawarensis

Calotermes (Cryptotermes) buxtoni); buxtoni); (Cryptotermes) Calotermes

Calotermes Kotoensis); Kotoensis); Calotermes

Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) hermsi); hermsi); (Cryptotermes) Kalotermes

Swezey (1940: 177, 177, as (1940: Swezey

type locality); 1926a: 56, 57, 65, as as 65, 57, 56, 1926a: locality); type

1932a: 74, 84, as as 84, 74, 1932a:

Beller (1948: Pt. I: 5 5 I: Pt. (1948: Beller

Fanning: Fanning:

given in synonymy though without reference to the Ogasawara [ [ Ogasawara the or to reference without though synonymy in given

Tarawa: Tarawa:

Kalotermes (Cryptotermes hermsi); hermsi); (Cryptotermes Kalotermes

nomen nudum, nudum, nomen

error for for error

Light (1946: 9, as as 9, (1946: Light

and and

Calotermes (Cryptotermes) buxtoni); buxtoni); (Cryptotermes) Calotermes

Cryptotermes dudleyi dudleyi Cryptotermes

H. Kirby (1925: 437, 438, figure 1-12, 439-441, as as 439-441, 1-12, figure 438, 437, (1925: Kirby H.

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Bacchus (1987: 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 14, figure 23, 22, figure 58, 58, 14, figure 10, 22, 23, figure 9, 8, 3, 2, (1987: Bacchus

Calotermes (Cryptotermes) ogasawarensis ogasawarensis (Cryptotermes) Calotermes

Kalotermes (Crypototermes) hermsi); hermsi); (Crypototermes) Kalotermes

Light (1924: 59, as as 59, (1924: Light

Cryptotermes] ogasawarensis ogasawarensis Cryptotermes]

Arno: Arno:

= =

C. C.

6shima (1913: 271,274,275, incl. figure 2; last as as last 2; figure incl. 271,274,275, (1913: 6shima

and and

8, as as 8,

hermsi; hermsi;

ogasawarensis ogasawarensis

Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 12, one of the the of one 12, (1953: Rivers La & Usinger

with various synonymy, synonymy, various with

C. C.

C. C.

& &

Calotermes kotoensis); kotoensis); Calotermes

hermsi); hermsi);

hermsi); hermsi);

Araujo (1986: 639, 731). 731). 639, (1986: Araujo

1941: 15, 15, as 1941:

synonymizing synonymizing

C. C.

Light (1946: 9, as as 9, (1946: Light

Light (1946: 9, as as 9, (1946: Light

Banks, 1918 1918 Banks,

"Cr. kotoensis"); kotoensis"); "Cr.

C. C.

hermsi; hermsi;

hermsi); hermsi);

Snyder (1949: 41); Gay (1967: (1967: Gay 41); (1949: Snyder

Snyder (1949: 41); Gay (1967: (1967: Gay 41); (1949: Snyder

6sbima; 6sbima;

Calotermes kotoensis; kotoensis; Calotermes

Hill (1942: 70, 71, figure 29, 29, figure 71, 70, (1942: Hill

Washington: Washington:

intestinal protozoa; 1926b: 1926b: protozoa; intestinal

C. C.

(ogasawarensis (ogasawarensis

hermsi); hermsi);

n.sp.); 1914a: 291, 292, 292, 1914a: 291, n.sp.);

Light (1931: 588, as as 588, (1931: Light

Light (1946: 9, as as 9, (1946: Light

p. 56, subgenus mis­ subgenus 56, p.

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes

includingformosae includingformosae

C. C.

aoems (Cryp­ Calotermes

C. C.

Snyder (1949: 41; 41; (1949: Snyder

Esaki (1930: 209, 209, (1930: Esaki

Light & Zimmer­ & Light

hermsi); hermsi);

hermsi). hermsi).

Whitney (1929: (1929: Whitney

Hill (1942: 70, 70, (1942: Hill

n.sp.; 1914b: 1914b: n.sp.;

with it); it); with

Snyder Snyder

51, 52, 52, 51,

only). only).

aga­

297 297

C. C.

C. C. C. C.

Esaki Esaki

n. n. sp.);

276, 276, as

: :

Kaloter­

Glyptoter­

mistakenly mistakenly

[sp.]"; [sp.]"; noted

[sic]). [sic]).

Snyder Snyder (1949: 16);

Snyder Snyder (1949: 48).

'/wrorus '/wrorus

Kalotermes; Kalotermes;

C. C.

Sugerman Sugerman (1972a

Glyptotermes Glyptotermes

(Hill, (Hill, 1926)

I.: I.:

La La Rivers (1953: 12,? one the of

sp. sp.

Bacchus, Bacchus, 1987

& &

Calotermes Calotermes (Glyptotermes));

(Snyder, (Snyder, 1922)

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Hazawa Hazawa (1932: 2009, figure A, [1] B,

(Oshima, (Oshima, 1912)

Kelsey, Kelsey, 1943

2, p. 3, 5, figure 2 [map], p. 8, 9, 17, figure figure p. 9, 8, 17, 2 [map], figure p. 3, 5, 2,

Roi-Namur Roi-Namur

Light, Light, 1932

Usinger Usinger

xantholabrum xantholabrum

tab. tab.

Calotermes Calotermes curvithorax);

? ?

Calotermes Calotermes (Calotermes) curvithorax,

86, figure figure 141-143, 86, as

is is a widespread species in the southern Pacific,

Glyptotermes Glyptotermes

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

sp., sp.,

. .

Arno:? Arno:?

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

[sic], [sic],

Kelsey Kelsey (1943: 45, 46, figure lA-G, 47, 48, figure 2A-G,

Glyptotermes Glyptotermes fuscus

'/wrorus '/wrorus

Incisitermes Incisitermes immigrans

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes kororensis

Bacchus (1987: 2, 2, (1987: Bacchus

(RALIK.). (RALIK.).

C. C.

Canton: Canton:

Glyptotermes Glyptotermes

Matsumura Matsumura (1932: 63, 64, as

Calotermes Calotermes (Glyptotermes));

sp.). sp.).

Knror: Knror:

138-140, 138-140, as

Calotermes Calotermes (Ca/otermes) curvithorax

Kalotermes Kalotermes juddi (Glyptotermes)

both both mistakenly based on misreading a of Johnston, 1965: 5).

[PHOENIX [PHOENIX

[TUVALU [TUVALU (in error): Kurian et al. (1979A: 7; as

CAROLINE CAROLINE (GENERAL-could include Palau Is.): Bess (1970: 469).

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI (in error): Kurian et al. (1979A: 11; 1979B: both 121; as

Glyptotermes Glyptotermes xantholabrum

PALAU: PALAU: Gressitt (1953a: 61, 98, 104, 152).

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RATAK).

MARSHALL MARSHALL

only); only); Samuelson and Nishida (1987: 160, as"?

MARSHALL MARSHALL (GENERAL): Ernst & Araujo (1986: 678, 731, as

OGASAWARA: OGASAWARA: Hozawa (1915: 42, 43, 11, 44, figure 9, 45-48, 49, figure 10,

PALAU PALAU

Calotermes); Calotermes);

[49-51,] [49-51,] 52, figure 3A-F, [53]., as

Syn.: Syn.:

172) and and 172) Snyder (1949:52}--but has it not been recorded by a specific name as oc­

Glyptotermes Glyptotermes

Van Van Zwaluwenburg (1948: 207, as

mes; mes;

based based on misreading a of Johnston, 1965: 5; omitted by Kurian et al., 1979B).]

four four unnamed termite species)

Syn.: Syn.:

Probably Probably not same species the as last.

that that it is not yet known from Enewetak Atoll).

as as mes mes

(1930: (1930: 208, as

50, 50, 51, 56, pl. II, figure 7, 8; all but p. 11 as curring curring in Micronesia.

including including the Society and Marquesa Islands-see Light (1932b: 169, 170; 1932c:

37, 38, 27, figure 83, 36, figure 105, 61, 62 [also recorded as "Palau Islands" only], 85, 85, only], Islands" recorded "Palau as 62 [also 61, figure 105, 36, 83, figure 27, 38, 37,

figure figure 298 298

Hill (1942: 54, 55, as as 55, 54, (1942: Hill

the four unnamed termite species). species). termite unnamed four the

Syn.: Syn.:

mes; mes;

Beller (1948: Pt. I: 5 5 I: Pt. (1948: Beller

species listed on p. 122 as genus genus 122 as p. on listed species

this species should be included or left in in left or included be should species this

Krishna (1961: 122), who erected the genus genus the erected who 122), (1961: Krishna

(1949: 17, as as 17, (1949:

as as

Jarvis Island, see above under that island and also the last two references).] references).] two last the also and island that under above see Island, Jarvis

species); Snyder (1949: 17, as as 17, (1949: Snyder species);

Zimmerman (1936:12, as as (1936:12, Zimmerman

hermsi, hermsi,

Jarvis Island, above], who also recorded another species, as as species, another recorded also who above], Island, Jarvis

Kalotermes, Kalotermes,

as as

(1970: 471); Ernst & Araujo (1986: 668,695, 708). 708). 668,695, (1986: & Araujo Ernst 471); (1970: as as

above); Snyder (1949: 16, 16, as (1949: Snyder above); Fanning Fanning

& Zimmerman (1936: 12, as as 12, (1936: Zimmerman & mes (Kalotermes); (Kalotermes); mes

Calotermes Calotermes

Dumbleton (1954: 50, 99, as as 99, 50, (1954: Dumbleton

74, 75, figure 21, as as 21, figure 75, 74, cisitermes cisitermes

as as

152, as as 152,

12, 12, as

Kalotermes (K.alotermes), (K.alotermes), Kalotermes

Calotermes; Calotermes;

Kalotermes; Kalotermes;

Kalotermes (Kalotermes); (Kalotermes); Kalotermes

MARIANA MARIANA

MARSHALL (RATAK). (RATAK). MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160, as as 160, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson (GENERAL): MARSHALL

MARIANA: Holmgren (1912: 280,281,282, as as 280,281,282, (1912: Holmgren MARIANA:

[LINE: Zimmerman (1948: 169, as as 169, (1948: Zimmerman [LINE:

noted as not yet known from Enewetak Atoll). Atoll). Enewetak from known yet not as noted

Neotermes papua; papua; Neotermes

Kalotermes (Kalotermes)); (Kalotermes)); Kalotermes

now now

I. I.

Calotermes; Calotermes;

queried; 471); Ernst &Araujo (1986: 695, 718). 718). 695, (1986: &Araujo Ernst 471); queried;

only, part, 471). 471). part, only,

as being from Washington Island; misreading of Whitney, 1929, 1929, Whitney, of misreading Island; Washington from being as

also also

Cryptotermes domesticus, domesticus, Cryptotermes

Kalotermes); Kalotermes);

not collected on Guam); Bryan (1948: 19, 19, as (1948: Bryan Guam); on collected not

synonymy noted); Besa (1970: 471).] 471).] (1970: Besa noted); synonymy

Guam: Guam:

Incisitermes marianus marianus Incisitermes Calotermes curvithorax curvithorax Calotermes

1935a: 236,237, as as 236,237, 1935a:

Kalotermes (Kalotermes); (Kalotermes); Kalotermes

Neotermes connexus connexus Neotermes

erroneous, misreading of Whitney, 1929, referred to, for for to, referred 1929, Whitney, of misreading erroneous,

Calotermes (Neotermes) papua, papua, (Neotermes) Calotermes

Incisitermes repandus repandus Incisitermes

Kevan Kevan

= =

auctt., auctt.,

Swezey (1940: 171, 177; 1941: 15; both as as both 15; 1941: 177; 171, (1940: Swezey

Kalotermes (K.alotermes) (K.alotermes) Kalotermes

8, as as 8,

Fanning: Fanning:

Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess

Kalotermes); Kalotermes);

& &

only in timbers of wrecked schooner); Light (1932a: (1932a: Light schooner); wrecked of timbers in only

Kalotermes (K.alotermes)); (K.alotermes)); Kalotermes

Arno: Arno:

Vickery

possibly mistaken allusion to Whitney, 1929 [see [see 1929 Whitney, to allusion mistaken possibly

Kalotermes); Kalotermes);

nee nee

lncisitermes lncisitermes

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Calotermes marianus marianus Calotermes

Gay (1967: 8; 8; Fanning (1967: Gay

Bikini: Bikini:

(Desneux, 1905) 1905) (Desneux,

: :

? Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 12, as one of of one as 12, (1953: Rivers La & Usinger ?

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial

Light (1932a: 74, 75, figure 21, as as 21, figure 75, 74, (1932a: Light

Kalotermes); Kalotermes);

Kalotermes. Kalotermes.

q.v., from Washington Island); Light & & Light Island); Washington from q.v.,

Gay (1967: 8, 16; 1969: 462,471); Bess Bess 1969: 462,471); 16; 8, (1967: Gay

Cole (1951: 247, as as 247, (1951: Cole

(N. Holmgren, 1912) 1912) Holmgren, (N.

as synonym); Zimmerman (1957: 179, 179, (1957: Zimmerman synonym); as

Kalotermes); Kalotermes);

(Snyder, 1922) 1922) (Snyder,

Krishna (1961: 358, by implication; implication; by 358, (1961: Krishna

Incisitermes, Incisitermes,

for Guam). Guam). for

(Hill, 1926) 1926) (Hill,

Van Zwaluwenburg (1955: 3, as as 3, (1955: Zwaluwenburg Van

1935a: 237, as as 237, 1935a:

Incisitermes Incisitermes

Washington: Washington:

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Light & Zimmerman (1936: (1936: Zimmerman & Light

? as last); Lepesme (1947: (1947: Lepesme last); as ?

part; reference to Swezey, Swezey, to reference part;

I. I.

and also as as also and

Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess

Lepesme (1947: 152, as as 152, (1947: Lepesme

queried; 16; 1969: 1969: 462; 16; queried;

Jarvis: Jarvis:

was uncertain whether whether uncertain was

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Kalotermes). Kalotermes).

Kalotermes); Kalotermes);

only, part). part). only,

K. (Cryptotermes) (Cryptotermes) K.

Light (1932a: 74, 74, (1932a: Light

Whitney (1929, (1929, Whitney

Light (1946: 9, 9, (1946: Light

Calotermes Calotermes

N N

Kaloter­

papua); papua);

Kaloter­

Snyder Snyder

Guam: Guam:

Light Light

In­ 299 299

noted noted

only). only).

but but the

Snyder, Snyder,

. .

sp.). sp.).

8, 8, also as

samoanus samoanus

cf cf

= =

Kalotermes) Kalotermes)

Ngurukdabel): Ngurukdabel):

Neotermes Neotermes

(= (=

Snyder Snyder (1949: 27).

Calotermes"; Calotermes";

Neotermes Neotermes

only). only).

(Snyder) (Snyder) and

(Gilbert) (Gilbert) and Tuvalu (El­

emend. emend. nov.

Snyder Snyder (1949: 27; as "Caro­

auctt. auctt.

Krishna Krishna (1961: 325, by impli­

Ngurektabel Ngurektabel

jointly jointly with Ellice [Tuvalu] Is­

Light Light & Zimmerman (1936: 4,

Neotermes Neotermes

International International Code of Zoological

Ernst Ernst & Araujo (1986: 358, [758,

patronym. patronym. The species has been

connexus connexus

"Calotermes "Calotermes (Neotermes) Kanehi­

Kmbati Kmbati

(Hill, (Hill, 1926)

male male

sp.; jointly jointly sp.; with Ellice [Tuvalu] Islands);

Calotermes Calotermes (Neotermes) Kanehirae,

when when comparing it with other species.

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Ka/otermes; Ka/otermes;

(Hagen, (Hagen, 1858),

(Oshima, (Oshima, 1917)

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Calotermes Calotermes (Neotermes));

Snyder Snyder (1949: 27).

synonymy synonymy with

Latreille" Latreille" of Rainbow (1897) belonged to the pre­

kanchirao kanchirao [sic]).

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Neotermes Neotermes

N. N.

(Hill, (Hill, 1926), below).]

rainbow,"' rainbow,"'

Calotermes Calotermes (Neotermes));

only). only).

Neotermes Neotermes rainbowi

7, 7, 23, as

Ngis Ngis I., not locality if a on the previous island): Oshima (1942:

: :

= =

rainbowi rainbowi

Johnston Johnston (1965: 5, as

N. N.

Kanehira Kanehira being a modem

Neotermes Neotermes kanehirai

Neotermes Neotermes

Snyder Snyder (1949: 24); Bess (1970: 469, as

Nghus Nghus (?

Ca/otermes Ca/otermes (Neotermes));

TUVALU: TUVALU: Zimmerman (1948: 171; recorded with a query; probably re­

Ka/otermes Ka/otermes (Neotermes);

Calotermes Calotermes marginipennis; nee

[TUVALU: [TUVALU: Hill (1926: 95, as "a rather large species of

This This species has been recorded from both

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI (See reservations above): United Nations (1961: 2; 1962: both 165;

CAROLINE CAROLINE (GENERAL)-may all refer in fact to the Palau Is.,

[? [?

PALAU: PALAU: Oshima (1917a: 2, figure 1, 2, 1, as

"Calotermes "Calotermes marginipennis

Nov. Nov. sp."; 1917b: 195, incl. figure 1, 196, as last, except for "nov."; 1942:

Calotermes); Calotermes);

papua); papua);

12, as as 12,

1949: 1949: 27, above): Bryan (1948; 23, as

sent sent species); Hopkins (1928: 47, as

lands); lands); Manser (1974

as as

"C[alotermes "C[alotermes (Neotermes)J

1979B: 1979B: 211; both misspelled

(pp. (pp. 1, 2) had mentioned the species and its type locality gave no locality for

that that

Syn.: Syn.:

Kurian Kurian et al. (1979b: 121); Ernst &Araujo (1986: 147,677, as

that that only the Tuvalu Islands may be involved. Hill (1927: 5), though he previously

lice) lice) Islands, but all references to the former are in combination with the latter, so

(1970: (1970: 469, as

cation; cation; species listed and generic distribution included Caroline Islands); Bess

Oshima Oshima (1942: 381, 384, figure 1 as

381, 381, as

line line Isls.: Palao"); Gressitt (1953a: 98, 104, 153; also 61, 152, as

381[-382], 381[-382], 383, figure 1, as

778]) 778]) mentioned it from the Pacific islands but only, they cited Owen (1971)

almost almost any island, except Guam, from the Line Islands westwards the to Mariana and

and and from the United States Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (which could mean

rae rae

Palau Palau Islands) by Johnston (1969: 5), Owen (1971: and 1) Kurian et al. (1979A: 46;

Ngemelis: Ngemelis:

above above emendation is called for to comply with the

ferred ferred in fact to

above); above); Light (1946: 9); Zimmerman (1948: 1); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 5 recorded recorded in general terms from Micronesia by Esaki (1940a: 279, as

This This species was originally described as

Nomenclature, Nomenclature,

300 300 N. N.

468); Harris (1971: 157) Ernst Ernst 157) (1971: Harris 468);

(1987: 160; noted that species not yet known from EnewetakAtoll). EnewetakAtoll). from known yet not species that 160; noted (1987:

(1967: 31; 1969: 485); Sugerman (1972a: 276); Ernst & Araujo (1986: 460). 460). (1986: & Araujo Ernst 276); (1972a: Sugerman 1969: 485); 31; (1967:

mada (1970: 11, 12, 16, 19, 20, 22, 24, 28); Harris (1971: 157); Ernst & Araujo Araujo & Ernst 157); (1971: Harris 28); 24, 22, 20, 19, 16, 12, 11, (1970: mada

(1986: 262, 601, 626). 626). 601, 262, (1986:

15: 3) ars 16: 5, 6) a 16: 3 1 16:48 45; Hro­ 485); 468, 1969: 31; 13, (1967: Gay 160); 156, (1961: Harris 339); (1958:

being specific, though he gave Micronesian groups and islands on later pages, as as pages, later on islands and groups Micronesian gave he though specific, being

indicated below. below. indicated

Syn.: Syn.:

Danger Group, northern Cook Islands: Islands: Cook northern Group, Danger

Calotermes Rainbowi).] Rainbowi).] Calotermes

as last).? last).? as

(1942: 56, as as 56, (1942:

Hill (1926: as previously); Hopkins (1927: 26, p. II, figure 2, as as 2, figure II, p. 26, (1927: Hopkins previously); as (1926: Hill

South Pacific, not too far removed from the region here considered, namely, the the namely, considered, here region the from removed far too not Pacific, South

cality; 1942: 56, as as 1942: 56, cality;

figure lA-F, 98, as as 98, lA-F, figure

ences); Hill (1926: 85; 1942: 56; both as as both 56; 1942: 85; (1926: Hill ences);

1, 71, figure 2, 74, figure 3, as as 3, figure 74, 2, figure 1, 71, Latr." Latr."

were the white ants ... ", species according to WJ. Rainbow, Rainbow, WJ. to according species ", ... ants white the were

nis, nis,

al. (1899: 520, as as 520, (1899: al.

[reference inexact], and by Snyder, 1949: 31, who omitted to cite paper in refer­ in paper cite to omitted who 31, 1949: Snyder, by and inexact], [reference

his paper); Ernst & Araujo (1986: 659, 759; also 147, 677 as as 677 147, also 759; 659, (1986: & Araujo Ernst paper); his

nafuti: nafuti:

ipennis, ipennis,

al. (1979a: 7; 1979b: 113, referring to Hopkins, 1927, below, but omitting to cite cite to omitting below, but 1927, Hopkins, to 113, referring 1979b: 7; (1979a: al.

(1974: 7, 23, as as 23, 7, (1974:

ston (1965: 5, as as 5, (1965: ston

as as

(1948: 171, 171, as (1948:

(Holmgren) suggested); Hill (1942: : 5, as as : 5, (1942: Hill suggested); (Holmgren)

Calotermes); Calotermes);

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Harris (1961: 156, 160); Gay (1967: 13; 1969: 1969: 13; (1967: Gay 160); 156, (1961: Harris (GENERAL): MARSHALL

MARIANA: Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess MARIANA:

Harris (1971: 153) mentioned this specied from the "Pacific islands" without without islands" "Pacific the from specied this 153) mentioned (1971: Harris

Latr.", see next); Rainbow (1897: 100, 101, as as 101, 100, (1897: Rainbow next); see Latr.",

MANIHIKI MANIHIKI

[It may also be appropriate here to note another record of the species in the the in species the of record another note to here appropriate be also may [It

Coptotermes intrudens intrudens Coptotermes

[nee [nee

Hedley (1896: 26-"the only insect foes to [coconut-]palm in Funafuti Funafuti in [coconut-]palm to foes insect only 26-"the (1896: Hedley

Latr.", see next); Rainbow (1897: 100, 101, as as 101, 100, (1897: Rainbow next); see Latr.",

uuali Is Nukulailai

Hagen, 1858, from "Termes marginipenne" Latreille, 1811]); Hedley et et 1811]); Hedley Latreille, marginipenne" "Termes 1858, from Hagen,

Calotermes (Neotermes)). Nanumea: Nanumea: (Neotermes)). Calotermes

N N

Neotermes Neotermes

United Nations (1961: 2; 1962: 165; both as as both 165; 1962: 2; (1961: Nations United

Suwarro(w), Suwarro(w),

connexus connexus

"Calotermes marginipennis, marginipennis, "Calotermes

Kalotermes; Kalotermes;

Calotermes (Neotermes) (Neotermes) Calotermes

Calotermes (Neotermes)). Nui: Nui: (Neotermes)). Calotermes

Coptotermes formosanus formosanus Coptotermes

. .

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Hill (1926: as above; 1942: 56, as last).] last).] as 56, 1942: above; as (1926: Hill

Subfam. Subfam.

Fam. RHINOTERMITIDAE RHINOTERMITIDAE Fam.

Snyder); Snyder (1949: 31); Dumbleton (1954: 51, 99, 99, 51, (1954: Dumbleton 31); (1949: Snyder Snyder);

sp.; jointly with Gilbert [Kiribati] Islands); Kurian et et Kurian Islands); [Kiribati] Gilbert with jointly sp.;

6shima, 6shima,

Kwaja/ein: Kwaja/ein:

or or

Calotermes (Neotermes)); (Neotermes)); Calotermes

jointly with Gilbert [Kiribati] Islands); Manser Manser Islands); [Kiribati] Gilbert with jointly

Suvorov, Suvorov,

& &

COPTOTERMITINAE COPTOTERMITINAE

Araujo (1986: 626); Samuelson Samuelson 626); (1986: Araujo

1920 1920

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes

Atoll and and Atoll

Kwajalein Kwajalein

Calotermes (Neotermes)); (Neotermes)); Calotermes

Calotermes (Neotermes). Nanomoga: Nanomoga: (Neotermes). Calotermes

and citing Rainbow, 1897; 1927: 1, 1, 2 1927: 1897; Rainbow, citing and

Latreille"); Hill, 1926: 95, 96, 97, 97, 96, 95, 1926: Hill, Latreille");

Shiraki, 1909 1909 Shiraki,

Hill (1926: as above; 1942: 56, 56, 1942: above; as (1926: Hill

I.: I.:

il(96 a bv;tp lo­ type above; as (1926: Hill

I.: I.:

"Calotermes marginipennis, marginipennis, "Calotermes

Kelsey (1945: 69, 70, figure 70, figure 69, (1945: Kelsey

only, part). part). only,

Clagg (1958: 339); Gay Gay 339); (1958: Clagg

Cltre marginipen­ "Calotermes

Lepesme (1947: 152, as as 152, (1947: Lepesme

Cltre margin­ "Calotermes

Neotermes Neotermes

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Calotermes); Calotermes);

Guam: Guam:

Zimmerman Zimmerman

& &

Nishida Nishida

sp.). sp.).

Clagg Clagg

John­

Hill Hill

Fu­ 301 301

? ?

am­

only. only.

Ernst Ernst

C. C.

Swezey Swezey

only); only);

having having been

Guam: Guam:

(Desneux, (Desneux, 1905)

species"); species"); Snyder

Coptotermes Coptotermes

Coptotermes Coptotermes

C.formosana); C.formosana);

pacificus pacificus

elisae elisae

above) above) ; Ernst & Araujo

C. C.

only, part). part). only, C. C.

Sugerman Sugerman (1972a: 278, as

I.: I.:

Silvestri, Silvestri, 1909

Light, Light, 1932

Hill, Hill, 1927

"Prorhinotermes "Prorhinotermes

(Gressitt, (Gressitt, 1953a: 98) based is upon a

formosanus, formosanus,

Kwajalein Kwajalein

C. C.

Oshima, Oshima, 1914,

also also as

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

? ?

Degener Degener (1974: 409, as

remotus remotus

Usinger Usinger & La Rivers (1953: 12; one of their

8; 8;

RHINOTERMITINAE RHINOTERMITINAE

& &

only, part; part; only, Palau Islands not distinguished from

C. C.

= =

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Hill, Hill, 1927).

Arno: Arno:

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

dobonicus dobonicus

Subfam. Subfam.

Degener Degener

Coptotermes Coptotermes remotus

remotus remotus

Coptotermes Coptotermes pacificus ?

Coptotermes Coptotermes

C. C.

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes inopinatus

Canton: Canton:

Snyder, Snyder, 1925, similarly indicated by him, and by Ernst & Araujo

sp., sp., listed separately from

Kemner, Kemner, 1931, C.

pamua pamua

MARIANA: MARIANA: Bess (1970: 469, as

PALAU: PALAU: Gressitt (1953a: 98, 150; also 67 and 150 as

CAROLINE: CAROLINE: Bess (1970: 469, part; presumably different from the Palau Is­

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RALIK)

MARSHALL MARSHALL (GENERAL): Ernst &Araujo (1986: 621, 731, part).

In In all cases, unless otherwise indicated, the name used was

[PHOENIX [PHOENIX

C. C.

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RATAK)

(1949: (1949: 86); Clagg (1958: 339); Harris (1961: 156, 160; 1971: 153, 158).

(1940: (1940: 171, 177; 1941: 5; both query identification); Hill (1942: 139); Light

(1946: (1946: 9); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 5

of of the South Pacific; this would include Micronesia, though he did not say so.

vaguely, from from vaguely, the "Pacific islands".

Bess Bess (197: 472) indicated this species to be widely distributed among the islands

Ernst Ernst Araujo and (1986: 806), citing Bess, also mentioned the species, even more Caroline Caroline Islands proper).

specific Micronesian Micronesian specific reference to

Bess Bess (1970: 469, as

reliable reliable identification is uncertain.

Coptotermes Coptotermes

Bess Bess (1970: 472) mentioned this species as being "found in the South Pacific,"

(1986: (1986: 460).

which which would include Micronesia, though he did not say Whether so. not or the one

lands lands species-see

more more probable that the previous species was involved.

and and

found found in Micronesia, but the following could conceivably refer to it, though it is

lands lands were relevant. There is no reliable evidence of

(1986) (1986) as being from the "Pacific islands," there was no indication of which is­

boinensis boinensis

lands, lands, as indicated by Snyder (1949: 81). Bess (1970: 472) noted that it is "found

in in the South Pacific," but, like other (non-Micronesian) species, such as

Light Light (1932a: 84, 85, figure 25, 86) described this species from the Marquesa Is­

& Araujo Araujo & (1986: 605, 129, 626).]

four four unnamed termite species). 302 302

pei: pei:

panopiensis [sic]; [sic]; panopiensis

This species was described from the Nikobar Islands and is known from Malacca Malacca from known is and Islands Nikobar the from described was species This

and Sulawesi. The following Micronesian record could be a misidentification. misidentification. a be could record Micronesian following Sulawesi. The and

p. 9, Carolinas [sic]"!); Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess [sic]"!); Carolinas 9, p.

below-when he also managed to misspell Light's misspelling as as misspelling Light's misspell to managed also he below-when

spelling of specific name correct-see above); Snyder ( ( Snyder above); 1949: as 87, correct-see specific name of spelling

which resulted in Snyder (1949: 86) listing the reference in the manner indicated indicated manner the in reference the listing 86) (1949: Snyder in resulted which

the distinctness of the present species from from species present the of distinctness the

which would then merely be a partial, valid emendation. emendation. valid a partial, be merely then would which

(1949: 86, asP. asP. 86, (1949:

nal description of the species (Oshima, 1917a) was not in one of the languages rec­ 1917a) of one languages in the was not (Oshima, species of the description nal

[sic]);? [sic]);?

same author ( 1917 a), but this does not affect the correct spelling of the name, name, the of spelling correct the affect not does ( this 1917 author but same a),

could be argued that the name dates from Oshima (1917b) rather than from the the from than rather (1917b) Oshima from dates name the that argued be could

ognized as acceptable for the purposes of zoological nomenclature at the time, it it time, the at nomenclature zoological of purposes the for acceptable as ognized

apiensis" apiensis"

original, which was published slightly earlier in the same year. The spelling spelling year. same The the in earlier slightly published was which original,

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

was not cited by Bryan (1948) or Snyder (1949). The English version (Oshima, (Oshima, version English The (1949). Snyder or (1948) Bryan by cited not was

original Japanese version this transliterates correctly as "Ponape"! Since the origi­ the Since "Ponape"! as correctly transliterates this version Japanese original

[sic]! [sic]!

sulted from the misspelling of the name of the type locality as "Ponapi"; in the the in "Ponapi"; as locality type the of name the of misspelling the from sulted

spelling, spelling,

(1917a) was as above. This paper, entirely in Japanese (except for Latin names) names) Latin for (except Japanese in entirely paper, This above. as was (1917a)

The original spelling of the specific name of this species as published by Oshima Oshima by published as species this of name specific the of spelling original The

469, as as 469,

1917b: 196, as as 196, 1917b:

that this is not yet known from Enewetak Atoll). Atoll). Enewetak from known yet not is this that

mes mes

1917b 1917b which ),

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

PALAU:? Gressitt (1953a: 69, 98, 155, 155, as 98, 69, (1953a: Gressitt PALAU:?

Light (1946: 9), misspelling the specific name as as name specific the misspelling 9), (1946: Light

CAROLINE (GENERAL, including Palau Islands): Light (1946: 9, as as 9, (1946: Light Islands): Palau including (GENERAL, CAROLINE

Oshima (1917a: 3, 4, figure figure 4, 3, (1917a: Oshima

only); Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160, as"? as"? 160, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson only);

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Ernst & Araujo (1986: 731, 805, as as 805, 731, (1986: & Araujo Ernst (GENERAL): MARSHALL

[TUVALU: Hill (1926: 95; 1942: 138, 139); Snyder (1949: 86); Bess (1970: (1970: Bess 86); (1949: Snyder 139); 138, 1942: 95; (1926: [TUVALU: Hill

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

B. Gray (1974: 46, as "Termites ... attacked attacked ... "Termites as 46, (1974: Gray B.

''ponapensis," ''ponapensis,"

by Oshima (1917b: 196) was clearly a a clearly was 196) (1917b: Oshima by

was was

inopinatus, inopinatus,

Onotoa:? Onotoa:?

Schendorinotermes longirostris longirostris Schendorinotermes

sp.); Ernst & Araujo (1986: 460, as as 460, (1986: & Araujo Ernst sp.);

"Arhinotermes ponapiensis [sic] [sic] ponapiensis "Arhinotermes

Prorhinotermes ponapensis ponapensis Prorhinotermes

Bryan (1948: 23, as as 23, (1948: Bryan

Kosrae:? Kosrae:?

cited by these authors, was simply a close translation of the the of translation close a simply was authors, these by cited

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

was used twice on the next page. The The page. next the on twice used was

only, only, part).]

Maul (1954: 13, 22, "unknown genus and species"). species"). and genus 13, "unknown 22, (1954: Maul

part:"? part:"?

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

Ehrhorn (1939: 191, as "gen. and sp. sp. and 191, indet."). as "gen. (1939: Ehrhorn

1, 1,

Prorhinotermesponopiensis [sic] [sic] Prorhinotermesponopiensis

2, as as 2,

Arrhenotermes [sic] [sic] ponapensis); Arrhenotermes

Kwajalein Kwajalein

"Arhinotermes ponapensis ponapensis "Arhinotermes

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

P. P.

inopinatus, inopinatus,

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

(Oshima, 1917) 1917) (Oshima,

(Brauer, 1865) 1865) (Brauer,

nov. sp.", 197, incl. figure 2, 2, figure incl. 197, sp.", nov.

lapsus ca/ami, ca/ami, lapsus

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

I.: I.:

Prorhinotermes Prorhinotermes

Tectona Tectona grandis

panopiensis [sic], [sic], panopiensis

Sugerman (1972a: 276, as as 276, (1972a: Sugerman

Silvestri, 1909, above, above, 1909, Silvestri,

only, only, part).

/apsus /apsus

only). only).

for the correct correct the for

P. P.

''ponopiensis" ''ponopiensis"

sp.). sp.).

Prorhinoter­

ponapiensis ponapiensis

rbby re­ probably

[sp.]"; noted noted [sp.]";

Light 1946, 1946, Light

trees ... ") ") ... trees

Nov. sp."; sp."; Nov.

queried queried

Snyder Snyder

Pohn­

''pon­

303 303 P. P.

: :

. .

Eutermes Eutermes

Rhinoter­

it was listed it listed was

peraffinis, peraffinis,

736) 736) referred to it only

: :

A A single type locality was

M M

. .

Eutermes Eutermes (Grallatotermes) brevi­

(Oshima, (Oshima, 1917)

(Desneux, (Desneux, 1905)

Araujo Araujo (1986

here here is that, as

is is Micronesian was also implied when it

& &

AMITERMITINAE AMITERMITINAE

NASUTITERMITINAE NASUTITERMITINAE

Silvestri, Silvestri, 1909

M. M. biroi

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Fam. TERMITIDAE TERMITIDAE Fam.

(1942: (1942: 384, 385, 2, figure 386, figure 3, as

brevirostris brevirostris

Subfam. Subfam.

Subfam. Subfam.

N N

Oshima Oshima

Microcerotermes Microcerotermes biroi

Nasutitermes Nasutitermes brevirostris

for for Samoa only-as did a subsequent review of his paper (Hopkins

Koror: Koror:

, Palau Islands) is here selected as such in order to avoid possible possible Palau con­ Islands) here order in is selected , to as such avoid

.

from from both the Palau Islands and Pohnpei. These islands were originally

Microcerotermes Microcerotermes peraffinis

Townes (1946: (1946: 31) Townes stated that this species the was commonest termite Mi­ in

The The reason for referring to

This This species is known from New Guinea, the Bismarck Archipelago, the

: :

PALAU PALAU

.

peraffinis peraffinis

180) also referred referred also to the pest species 180) coconuts, as a of naming not (but several all)

could could mean almost any island, except Guam, from the Line Islands to the Palau

cronesia cronesia That generally.

of of the relevant islands. Gressitt (1954: 179) mentioned it as occurring in Mi­

lands lands in general terms, possibly implicating the Palau Islands. Oakley (1953

1928). The above Tuvalu citation citation was Tuvalu clearly an editorial The above error. 1928).

cronesia, cronesia, but he not did specify particular any mentioning island, the Caroline ls­ was was recorded from the United States Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (this

sp., a pest pest coconut a sp., of palms (Prudhomme Zacher 1906, 1913).

species. The species was known earlier from Pohnpei ( and and elsewhere) as species was The known earlier Pohnpei ( from species.

fusion, fusion, should the eastern (Pohnpei) population prove to belong to a different

("Perao," i.e ("Perao,"

(1917a) (1917a) written (in Japanese, here transliterated) as "Perao" and "Ponape"; in the

rostris, rostris,

Oshima Oshima (1917a, b) described this species, as

not not indicated at the time of description or subsequently, so that the former

English version ( 1917b) they they 1917b) "Palau" are "Ponapi" and version English (

omitted omitted to cite the paper in their list ofreferences! Hopkins (1927), in fact, gave

cluded, but they were were citing they Bess but mentioned (1970), who cluded, the being species as only

Syn in in the Ellice (Tuvalu) Islands, which, though not really part of Micronesia, have

(1942: (1942: 423-426) and Snyder (1949: 134)-but there is no valid record of it from

Solomon Solomon Islands and Samoa (questionably also from New Zealand)-see Hill These authors gave Hopkins Hopkins their the These gave (1927) as information, of source authors though they

been been associated with the Gilbert (Kiribati) Islands and are considered herein

from from the "Pacific islands," which might have suggested that Micronesia was in­

either either Polynesia or Micronesia. Ernst by by Kurian et al. (1979b: 113)-though not by Kurian et al. (1979a)-as occurring M M

Papuan. Papuan.

mes mes (Schendorhinotermes)). 304 304

Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess

mes (Eutermes), (Eutermes), mes

probably to to probably

the species, without reference to region. region. to reference without species, the

(1949: 392). 392). (1949:

Araujo (1986: 754), citing him, gave the islands of the Pacific as the distribution of of distribution as the Pacific of the islands gave the him, citing 754), (1986: Araujo

This species was listed by Bess (1970: 474) only as being "Papuan" [following [following "Papuan" being as only 474) (1970: Bess by listed was species This

Eutermes (Grallatotermes)); (Grallatotermes)); Eutermes

Snyder's (1949) terminology] though it is endemic to Micronesia. Ernst and and Ernst Micronesia. to endemic is it though terminology] (1949) Snyder's

Eutermes Eutermes titermes titermes

Wilson (1936: 476, for "Caroline Islands," part, as for Palau Islands, above; trans­ above; Islands, Palau for as part, Islands," "Caroline for 476, (1936: Wilson

ferred to to ferred

named). named).

Nasutitermes Nasutitermes

specifically mentioned also); Oakley (1953: 180). 180). (1953: Oakley also); mentioned specifically

99); Bess (1970: 469, as as 469, (1970: Bess 99);

rukdabel): rukdabel):

sutitermes); sutitermes); 31); Bryan (1948: 23, as as 23, (1948: Bryan 31);

Gp. Gp.

mes (Grallatotermes)); (Grallatotermes)); mes

65, 66, 67, 154, 154, as 67, 66, 65,

476, for "Caroline Islands," part; citing previous reference and transferring to to transferring and reference previous citing part; Islands," "Caroline for 476,

(1917a: 5-8, as as 5-8, (1917a:

sp."; captions to figures as as figures to captions sp.";

incl. figure 3, 199, figure 4, 200, as as 200, 4, figure 199, 3, figure incl.

region. region.

gave gave

though it is endemic to Micronesia. Ernst & Araujo (1986: 749), following him, him, following 749), (1986: & Araujo Ernst Micronesia. to endemic is it though

ferred to this species only as "Papuan" (following Snyder's, 1949, terminology), terminology), 1949, Snyder's, (following "Papuan" as only species this to ferred

ontn 16: ) uin ta. 17a 4, 99:21. es 17: 7) re­ 474) (1970: Bess 211). 1979b: 46, (1979a: al. et Kurian 5); (1965: Johnston

Islands) in the following publications: United Nations (1961: 2; 1962: 166); 166); 1962: 2; (1961: Nations United publications: following the in Islands)

CAROLINE (GENERAL, but meaning Palau Islands): Snyder (1949: 392); 392); (1949: Snyder Islands): Palau meaning but (GENERAL, CAROLINE

PALAU: ? Schmeltz & & Schmeltz ? PALAU:

Oakley (1953: 180). 180). (1953: Oakley

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160, as"? as"? 160, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson (GENERAL): MARSHALL

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

W. W.

C. CAROLINE CAROLINE C.

CAROLINE (GENERAL,? including Palau Islands, above): Townes (1946: (1946: Townes above): Islands, Palau including (GENERAL,? CAROLINE

PALAU: ? Schmeltz and and Schmeltz ? PALAU:

N N

CAROLINE CAROLINE

brevirostris brevirostris

[sp.]"; noted that not yet known from Enewetak Atoll). Atoll). Enewetak from known yet not that noted [sp.]";

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Nasutitermes); Nasutitermes);

sp.); Oshima (1917a; 1917b; both as under Palau Is., above); Light & & Light above); Is., Palau under as both 1917b; (1917a; Oshima sp.);

6shima 6shima

N N

Esaki (1940b: 410, as as 410, (1940b: Esaki

"presumably ...... "presumably

brevirostris, brevirostris,

389, figure 5, passage on coconut tree bole, no subgenus); Snyder Snyder subgenus); no bole, tree coconut on 5, passage figure 389,

"Eutermes (Grallatotermes) brevirostris brevirostris (Grallatotermes) "Eutermes

Prudhomme (1906), as as (1906), Prudhomme

Nasutitermes Nasutitermes

Nasutitermes Nasutitermes

Nasutitermes palaoensis palaoensis Nasutitermes

(1942: 387, as as 387, (1942:

for the Pacific islands, but without reference to any particular particular any to reference without but islands, Pacific the for

Kosrae: Kosrae:

Chuuk: Chuuk:

Ulithi: Ulithi:

Snyder (1949: 269); Gressitt (1953a: 98, 104, 150; also 61, 61, 150; also 104, 98, (1953a: Gressitt 269); (1949: Snyder

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Esaki (1940b: 410, as as 410, (1940b: Esaki

Nasutitermes Nasutitermes

Eutermes); Eutermes);

above). above).

Eutermes brevirostris brevirostris Eutermes

Oakley (1953: 180). 180). (1953: Oakley

Snyder (1949: 269). 269). (1949: Snyder

Pohl Pohl

Esaki (1940b: 410, as as 410, (1940b: Esaki

hhr (99 11 s 1 elt trie" un­ termite," dealate "1 as 191, (1939: Ehrhorn ?

brevirostris" brevirostris"

Pohl Pohl

only); Oakley (1953: 180). 180). (1953: Oakley only);

only, only, part).

Eutermes (Grallatotermes)). (Grallatotermes)). Eutermes

(1877: 19, as as 19, (1877:

Eutermes); Eutermes);

Koror: Koror:

"Eutermes (Grallatotermes) brevirostris brevirostris (Grallatotermes) "Eutermes

Snyder (1949: 269); Dumbleton (1954: 51, 51, (1954: Dumbleton 269); (1949: Snyder

(1877: 19, as as 19, (1877:

only, only, part).

Oshima (1942: 387 [-388], as as [-388], 387 (1942: Oshima

Eutermes Eutermes

on all islands [i.e., islets], Moen I. I. Moen islets], [i.e., islands all on

(Oshima, 1942) 1942) (Oshima,

Eutermes); Eutermes);

Oshima (1942: 381, 387, as as 387, 381, (1942: Oshima

"Eutermes "Eutermes

Woleai: Woleai:

only); Light & Wilson (1936: (1936: Wilson & Light only);

Eutermes); Eutermes);

sp.); Zacher (1913: 114, as as 114, (1913: Zacher sp.); "Eutermes "Eutermes

Oakley (1953: 180). 180). (1953: Oakley

Oshima (1942: 387, as as 387, (1942: Oshima

Nov. sp."; 1917b: 198, 198, 1917b: sp."; Nov.

Ngurektabel Ngurektabel

sp.?"; referred more more referred sp.?";

Potts (1949: 9, as as 9, (1949: Potts

sp. ?"); Oshima Oshima ?"); sp.

(= (=

Euter­

Nasu­

Euter­

Ngu­

nov. nov.

Na­

Yap Yap 305 305

: :

bux­

Oligo­

Z. Z.

The The refer­

Oligotoma Oligotoma

. .

jointly jointly with

Samuelson Samuelson &

except except as indi­

(general): (general): Ross

Ross Ross (1955: 5;

: :

I.); I.);

Marianas Marianas

Butaritari

N. N.

Gurney, Gurney, 1938, in the Philip­

AE AE

IN

(Ross, (Ross, 1955)

Nishida Nishida (1987: 160).

& &

Oligotoma Oligotoma micronesiae;

Ross Ross (1955: 5; Elizabeth

philippinensis philippinensis

3, 3, 5).

OLIGOTOM

: :

OLIGOTOMOIDEA OLIGOTOMOIDEA

Z. Z.

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Order Order Zoraptera

Order Order Embioptera

Jaluit: Jaluit:

SUBORDER SUBORDER EMBIODEA

. .

0/igotoma 0/igotoma (Aposthonia) micronesiae,

Fam. Fam. OLIGOTOMIDAE

Subfam. Subfam.

Gurney, Gurney, 1939, in Fiji (Gurney, 1938, 1939; Weidner,

Caudell, Caudell, 1922, occurs in the Hawaiian Islands;

Nishida Nishida (1987: 160).

Ross Ross (1955

Superfam. Superfam.

& &

Aposthonia Aposthonia micronesiae

jointly jointly with Ellice [Tuvalu] Islands).

zimmermani zimmermani

Anatahan: Anatahan:

Krauss, Krauss, 1911, was formerly regarded as being a sugenus of

. .

Samuelson Samuelson

Z. Z.

I.); I.);

Zorotypus Zorotypus swezeyi

. .

Westwood, Westwood, 1837, but Ross (1984) raised it to full generic status

[TUVALU: [TUVALU: Manser (1974: 12, as

KIRIBATI: Ross KIRIBATI: (1955: 4; 2, figure la-g, 6); Manser (1974: as 12,

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RALIK)

CAROLINE CAROLINE (GENERAL): Samuelson

MARSHALL MARSHALL (GENERAL): Ross (1955: 2); Samuelson & Nishida (1987

MARIANA: MARIANA: Samuelson Nishida & (1987: 160).

Esaki Esaki (1940b: 408) mistakenly stated that Embioptera "are apparently not

Kamy, Kamy, 1932, in the Samoas;

There There appears to be no record of a zorapteran from Micronesia. Gressitt

160; noted noted 160; that the species is not yet known from EnewetakAtoll).

Gilbert Gilbert [Kiribati] Islands).]

Makiu Makiu

micronesiae; micronesiae;

(1955: (1955: 2, 6). Nishida Nishida (1987: 160).

cated. cated.

ences ences given below are all to

toma toma

said said be to new.

Aposthonia Aposthonia

count of five Micronesian count Micronesian of five species, one them of named to only genus. Samuelson &

known known Micronesian species of the order; two of them were named and one was

group group was mentioned by way of illustrating the poorness of the representation. In

is poorly is poorly represented in the Pacific islands fauna, but, again, no species or island 1969, 1969, 1970)

the mean the mean time, Ross (1955), paper in a not by cited Kevan (1987), published ac­ an

could could be The involved. same author (Gressitt, 1956b: later 19) noted that the order Nishida Nishida (1987: 160), referring to Ross (1955), also indicated that there were five

represented represented in Micronesia." Gressitt (1954: 136, 160) estimated that four species

might might occur in the region, but he gave no indication of which species or islands

toni toni

(1954: (1954: however, estimated 136), that two species might be expected to occur the in

region

pines; pines; and 306 306

species known from the region, some being described as new. Nevertheless, he he Nevertheless, new. as described being some region, the from known species

8, as subgenus subgenus as 8,

The introductory remarks to the previous species apply to to apply species previous the to remarks introductory The

sia generally, though he recorded it only as indicated below. below. indicated as only it recorded he though generally, sia

8, as subgenus subgenus as 8,

(1955: 8) considered that this was likely to become widely distributed in Microne­ in distributed widely become to likely was this that considered 8) (1955:

6, 8 also without subgenus). subgenus). without also 8 6,

toma). Saipan: Saipan: toma).

(which they did not name) were known from Micronesia. This is one of them. them. of one is This Micronesia. from known were name) not did they (which

Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160) stated that two Asiatic species of Embioptera Embioptera of species Asiatic two that stated 160) (1987: Nishida & Samuelson

Oligotoma Oligotoma

unless otherwise indicated. indicated. otherwise unless

(Aposthonia)). (Aposthonia)). oceanica). oceanica).

Pacific range for this species, but he did not refer specifically to Micronesia. Micronesia. to specifically refer not did he but species, this for range Pacific

Nomenclature, Nomenclature,

& &

apposition (nor a random sequence ofletters). The emendation made by Samuelson Samuelson by made emendation The ofletters). sequence random a (nor apposition

have been a a been have

The original spelling of the specific name was was name specific the of spelling original The

subsequently. Nevertheless, according to the the to according Nevertheless, subsequently.

Nishida (1987: 160) is acceptable, even though it may have been inadvertent! inadvertent! been have may it though even acceptable, is 160) (1987: Nishida

Aposthonia oceanica oceanica Aposthonia

Brindle (1972) "monographed" the Dermaptera of Micronesia and listed all all listed and Micronesia of Dermaptera the "monographed" (1972) Brindle

MARCUS: Sakagami (1953: 26, as as 26, (1953: Sakagami MARCUS:

[PHOENIX [PHOENIX

MARIANAS. MARIANAS.

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

Ross (1984), when he raised raised he when (1984), Ross

The references given below are all to to all are below given references The

[LINE [LINE

CAROLINE (GENERAL): Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160, as as 160, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson (GENERAL): CAROLINE

sp.); Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160, as an undescribed undescribed an as 160, (1987: Nishida & Samuelson sp.);

Fanning: Fanning:

lapsus calami calami lapsus

Oligotoma).] Oligotoma).]

Oligotoma; Oligotoma;

Ross (1955: 6, as last). last). as 6, (1955: Ross

it is unacceptably unacceptably is it

Canton: Canton:

Marianas Marianas

Oligotoma humbertiana humbertiana Oligotoma

Oligotoma saundersii saundersii Oligotoma

Kosrae: Kosrae:

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Ross (1951: 307, 308; 1955: 3); Zimmerman (1957: 179).] 179).] (1957: Zimmerman 3); 1955: 308; 307, (1951: Ross

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Van Zwaluwenburg (1943: 305; 1955: 10); Ross (1955: (1955: Ross 10); 1955: 305; (1943: Zwaluwenburg Van

(Ross, 1951, 1951, (Ross,

8 also without subgenus). subgenus). without also 8

or typographical error as it was repeated by its author author its by repeated was it as error typographical or

Ross (1955: 2, 3, 4, figure lh-j; p. 3 gave Lele or Lelu Lelu or Lele 3 gave p. lh-j; figure 3, 4, 2, (1955: Ross

Guam: Guam:

Aposthonia Aposthonia

(general): Ross (1955: 2, 6, 8, in subgenus subgenus 8, in 6, 2, (1955: Ross (general):

Ross (1955: 2, as as 2, (1955: Ross

Order Dermaptera Dermaptera Order

formed, formed,

Aposthonia Aposthonia

Ross (1951: 307; 1955: 6, in subgenus subgenus in 6, 1955: 307; (1951: Ross

Tinian: Tinian:

emend. emend.

0. saundersi); saundersi); 0.

for it is neither an adjective nor a noun in in noun a nor adjective an neither is it for

sp. (? nov.) nov.) (? sp.

(Westwood, (Westwood,

Oligotoma (Aposthonia) oceania [sic] [sic] oceania (Aposthonia) Oligotoma

Ross (1951: 307; 1955: 6, as before). before). as 6, 1955: 307; (1951: Ross

(Saussure, 1896) 1896) (Saussure,

"oceania," "oceania,"

to full generic status, gave a wide wide a gave status, generic full to

International Code of Zoological Zoological of Code International

Oligotoma (Aposthonia) (Aposthonia) Oligotoma

Samuelson and Nishida, 1987) 1987) Nishida, and Samuelson

Ross (1955: 2, 7, figure 2, 2, figure 7, 2, (1955: Ross

1837) 1837)

0. 0.

which does not seem to to seem not does which

saundersii saundersii

Oligotoma; Oligotoma;

Oligotoma Oligotoma

also. Ross Ross also.

sp.); 6, as as 6, sp.);

0. 0.

Oligo­

(A.) (A.)

307 307 I). I).

& &

Is­

[sic] [sic]

auctt.) auctt.)

Schnee Schnee (1904: 409), who

in in

FORFICULINA) FORFICULINA)

= =

?" ?" from the "Marschall"

.

Brindle, Brindle, 1972

CARCINOPHORIDAE CARCINOPHORIDAE

= =

GONOLABIDINAE GONOLABIDINAE

ANISOLABIDOIDEA ANISOLABIDOIDEA

. .

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

1888 1888 until War World I); the islands were named after

Subfam. Subfam.

. .

Gonolabis Gonolabis insulana

Superfam

(ca

SUBORDER SUBORDER FORFICULODEA (

one one each from the Palau Islands (Peleliu) the central Caroline Is­

: :

La La Rivers (1953: 8, 20, 24, mentioned 27) earwigs Amo Atoll for (Ratak

Fam. ANISOLABIDIDAE ANISOLABIDIDAE Fam. (

& &

CAROLINE CAROLINE (GENERAL): Sakai (1987: 1902, 2456, figure 5 [of Brindle,

Townes Townes (1946: 31) referred to three undetermined species of "Labiidae"

An An early general reference is that of Kempny

1972]); 1972]); Steinmann (1988: 189,223,224, figure 368, 369; 1989b: 289).

This This species was listed by Steinmann (1978: 184) only as being Oceanic.

150 150 [Amo Atoll], 156, 160, 161, 165, 168) also referred to Dermaptera (or to ear­

said said to occur in the Caroline Islands also, but no indication was given as to which

these these were or whether they were the same species as were named from Enewetak

dicated; dicated; the Micronesian species were not distinguished as such. Samuelson

Marshall Marshall Islands, six them of wajalein Atoll. from Only three K of these were were

Atoll Atoll the in Marshall Islands (Ralik Chain).

( 1979) listed listed 1979) number a of ( species of as Labiidae) Spongiphoridae as being ( distrib­

uted uted in Oceania, but, apart from the Hawaiian Islands, no particular region was in­

Nishida Nishida (1987: indicated 160) that seven species of Dermaptera are known for the

Chain, Chain, Marshall Islands), but no species was named. Gressitt (1954: 136, 148 and

wigs) wigs) Micronesia in and estimated that 22 species might occur there; 24 were listed

Niering Niering (1963: 155) mentioned earwigs, but no species was identified. Steinmann

by by Brindle (1972). For Kapingamarangi Atoll in the southeastern Caroline Islands,

Islands; Islands; he also referred to particular species, as indicated appropriately hereafter.

an an unnamed anisolabidine from the last Bryan locality. (1948: 6, 30, 42) gave sev­

Usinger Usinger (Spongiphoridae)

eral eral general references Micronesian to earwigs as well as some more specific ones,

tioned tioned the occurrence of Dermaptera or of earwigs) in ( general terms for the Palau

lands lands (ChuukAtoll) the and Eastern Caroline Islands (Pohnpei). He also mentioned

particularly particularly from Guam. Gressitt (1953a: 52, 65, 66, 68, 98, 103, 104, 151) men­

America); America); it apparently did not become established.

"Pacific "Pacific coast" (meaning, one must presume, that of the United States of

Zwaluwenburg Zwaluwenburg (1943: 305) referred to an undetermined species of earwig im­

a British a British sea-captain, Marshall! Considerably later, Esaki (1940b: 408) mentioned

ported ported into Canton Island (Phoenix Islands to the east of Micronesia) from the

cupation cupation of the islands

that that "Forficulidae" (i.e., Dermaptera) were widely distributed in Micronesia. Van

lands-the lands-the spelling being that incorrectly adopted by the Germans during their oc­

omitted omitted to cite the majority of previous publications relating to Micronesian ear­

recorded recorded a "Kl[eine] Forficulinen-Art ... sp

308 308 wigs. wigs.

Anisolabis (Anisolabis) (Anisolabis) Anisolabis

Syn.: Syn.: 2121-2122; repeated from Brindle, 1972). 1972). Brindle, from repeated 2121-2122;

(1972: 123, 123, figure (1972:

species. species.

Sakai (1987: 2121, reprint of Brindle, 1972, below; 2564, figure 6, 7 [of Brindle, Brindle, [of 7 6, figure 2564, 1972, below; Brindle, of reprint 2121, (1987: Sakai

possibly not this species because habitat mountainous). mountainous). habitat because species this not possibly 1972, below]; as West Carolines); Steinmann (1988: 71, 133, 134, 134, 133, 216,217; figure 71, (1988: Steinmann 1972, as West below]; Carolines);

Steimann (1978: 183) indicated Oceania only for the distribution of this this of distribution the for only Oceania indicated 183) (1978: Steimann 1989b: 224; as "Palau Island" and "West Caroline Islands"). Islands"). Caroline "West and Island" "Palau as 224; 1989b:

rukawa (1930: 230); Esaki (1930: 208); Brindle (1972: 123, figure 6d, 128, 129, 129, 128, 6d, figure 123, (1972: Brindle 208); (1930: Esaki 230); (1930: rukawa

figure [2]); Hirayama (1937: pl. 98, figure 7); 7); figure 98, pl. (1937: Hirayama [2]); figure figure 7a). 7a). figure

230); 230);

to Micronesia in giving the distribution of the species, though relevant literature literature relevant though species, the of distribution the giving in Micronesia to

was cited. Kevan (1990: 112) noted that that 112) noted (1990: Kevan cited. was

specific island or group was mentioned. mentioned. was group or island specific

without details. The same author later (Steinmann 1989b) again made no reference reference no 1989b) made again (Steinmann later author same The details. without

Steinmann (1978: 183) included Oceania in the distribution of this species, but but species, this of distribution the in Oceania included 183) (1978: Steinmann

type locality; repeated by Sakai, 1987: 1903). Yap. Yap. 1903). 1987: Sakai, by repeated locality; type

Gonolabis"); Gonolabis");

Paralabella annulata annulata Paralabella

PALAU: Steinmann (1979a: 68, as Palau Island); Sakai (1982: 28, as as 28, (1982: Sakai Island); Palau as 68, (1979a: Steinmann PALAU:

MARSHALL MARSHALL

W. W.

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

CAROLINE (GENERAL): Brindle (1972: as above; really refers to next). next). to refers really above; as (1972: Brindle (GENERAL): CAROLINE

MARCUS: Sakagami (1953: 26). 26). (1953: Sakagami MARCUS:

WAKE WAKE Wake

OGASAWARA: Shiraki (1928: 8); Esaki (1930: 208); Furukawa (1930: (1930: Furukawa 208); (1930: Esaki 8); (1928: Shiraki OGASAWARA:

[JOHNSTON: Bryan (1926a: 13); Hebard (1926: 82); Rehn (1949a: 165).] 165).] (1949a: Rehn 82); (1926: Hebard 13); (1926a: Bryan [JOHNSTON:

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

Forcinella Forcinella

W. W.

Kato Kato

CAROLINE CAROLINE

CAROLINE CAROLINE

Subfam. Subfam.

(1932: pl. 1, figure 2); Matsumura (1933: pl. 6, figure 20; 1935: 1384, 1384, 1935: 20; figure 6, pl. (1933: Matsumura 1, 2); figure pl. (1932:

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

Sta.Ii Sta.Ii

6a-c, 6a-c,

Anisolabis maritima maritima Anisolabis

ANISOLABIDINAE ANISOLABIDINAE

(RALIK) (RALIK)

I.: I.:

Euborellia annulata annulata Euborellia

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Anisolabis minutissima minutissima Anisolabis

Dohrn, 1864 1864 Dohrn,

Ulithi: Ulithi:

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Bryan (1926a: 13); Hebard (1926: 82); Rehn (1949a: 165). 165). (1949a: Rehn 82); (1926: 13); Hebard (1926a: Bryan

Yap Gp. Gp. Yap

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

128, 129, incl. figure 7b, 130; type locality); Sakai (1987: (1987: Sakai 130; locality); type 7b, 129, figure incl. 128,

and as West Caroline Islands); Steinmann (1984: 78); 78); (1984: Steinmann Islands); Caroline West as and

(Fabricius, 1793); Steinmann, 1989. 1989. Steinmann, 1793); (Fabricius,

Mog Mog. Mog. Mog

Jaluit Jaluit

Brindle (1972: as above); Sakai (1982: 26). 26). (1982: Sakai above); as (1972: Brindle

East Rumung Rumung East

Townes (1946: 31, as "another anisolabine," but but anisolabine," "another as 31, (1946: Townes

= =

and and

Euborellia staali staali Euborellia

(= (=

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

I.: I.:

A. maritima maritima A.

(Borelli (Borelli

Rehn (1949a: 165). 165). (1949a: Rehn

CARCINOPHORINAE, auctt.) auctt.) CARCINOPHORINAE,

(Fabricius, 1793) 1793) (Fabricius,

I.: I.:

Brindle, 1972 1972 Brindle,

Kato Kato

Brindle (1972: 119, 120, figure 5; 5; 120, figure 119, (1972: Brindle

in in

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

Gene, Gene,

(1938: 15). 15). (1938:

occurs in Micronesia, but no no but Micronesia, in occurs

I.: I.:

(Dohrn, 1864). 1864). (Dohrn,

Townes (1946: 31, as "a "a as 31, (1946: Townes

1832) 1832)

Chichi-Jima: Chichi-Jima:

Peleliu: Peleliu:

Brindle Brindle

Fu­ 309 309

E. E. A. A.

, ,

indi-

Gene, Gene,

Tinian: Tinian:

Brindle Brindle

Saipan: Saipan:

equestris equestris

F. F.

from from "Korol­

E. plebeja, plebeja, E. nee

Euborellia Euborellia stali

stdli, stdli,

Babeldoab: Babeldoab:

E. E.

annulipes; annulipes;

and and

seems seems not to have been

Forficula Forficula equestris

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

Shiraki, Shiraki, 1905, Steinmann (1989b:

annulipes annulipes

(Lucas, (Lucas, 1847)

no particular no particular island or group was

Rota: Rota:

indicated indicated that it was a synonym of

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

with with

E. E. stdli). Angaur

Shiraki, Shiraki, 1905, to be a new synonym of

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

picea, picea,

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

''piceus" ''piceus"

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

(sic), (sic), was listed for Micronesia by Sakai (1982: 25),

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

Yap I.: I.: Brindle Yap (1972: as above).

but but he made no mention of Micronesia. Kevan (1990:

Moen Moen I.: Brindle (1972: as above).

Anisolabis Anisolabis piceus

Shiraki Shiraki (1928: 6, 7, figure 3, as

Euborellia, Euborellia, str. s.

but but he did not give the latter synonymy in its proper

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

Townes Townes (1946: 31); Rehn (1949c: 109, as

Shiraki, Shiraki, 1905

Euborellia Euborellia annulipes

Shiraki, Shiraki, 1905

Yap Gp. Gp. Yap

Brindle Brindle (1972: 122, 123, figure 124, 6f, figure 129, 7d).

Chuuk: Chuuk:

Chichi-Jima: Chichi-Jima:

Anisolabis Anisolabis Jal/ax

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

"E. stali" "E. stali"

Koror: Koror:

I.: I.:

in in order to conserve the well-known name. Steinmann (1989b:

as as

Guam: Guam:

Tarawa: Tarawa:

E. E. annulipes,

as as indicated by Sakai (1970a: 36; though left as a separate species,

Wake Wake

but but this had already been established by Shiraki (1928:8) under

(Bonelli, (Bonelli, 1832) and that Shiraki's (1906) use of the species name re­

E. E. annulipes,

CAROLINE CAROLINE

Anisolabis fallax fallax Anisolabis

Steinmann Steinmann (1978: 185) indicated Oceania as being included in the distribu­

The The earliest name for this species seems to be

C. CAROLINE C. CAROLINE

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RALIK). Anisolabis picea Anisolabis

W. W. E. E. CAROLINE

PALAU: PALAU: Furukawa (1948: 176, as

OGASAWARA OGASAWARA

MARIANA MARIANA

In In the following citations, the name is given misspelt) (and as WAKE WAKE

E. E. annulata,

nomen nomen oblitum

112) did, however, note note 112) however, did, that the species was found Micronesia, in though no island

or or group was mentioned.

covered. covered.

tional tional range of

own own (1928: 8) synonymy of

ferred ferred to

maritima maritima

1837, 1837, according to Steinmann (1989b: 262). That author gave neither previous 229), 229), emending the spelling to

place place at the top of his p. 263, though he gave the former on his p. 222. Shiraki's

263) 263) also indicated

a a annulipes, annulipes, p. p. 63). With reference to

does does not appear to be a preoccupied name, so it should presumably be treated as

synonymy synonymy nor any reason for retaining the junior name

Syn.: Syn.:

Anisolabis, Anisolabis,

(1972: (1972: as above).

Pelau"). Pelau").

(Dohrn, (Dohrn, Brindle 1863)); (1972: as above). Townes Townes (1946: 31); Brindle (1972: as above).

Townes Townes (1946: Rehn 31); (1949c: as above); Brindle 109, (1972: as above).

c~d c~d

who who placed it in subgenus

unless unless stated otherwise. 310 310

Ehrhom (1939: 191. 191. (1939: Ehrhom ian Islands,? not established; 1955: 3, as last).] last).] 1955: as 3, established; not Islands,? ian

271). 271).

the genus genus the

Anisolabis); Anisolabis); ferred to to ferred

The Oceanian distribution of this species was given by Steinmann (1978: 183), in 183), (1978: Steinmann by given was species this of distribution Oceanian The

Hincks (1938: 302, as as 302, (1938: Hincks

Nishida (1987: 149, 170, latter p. for Enewetak Enewetak for p. latter 170, 149, (1987: Nishida

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

fallax fallax

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

Saipan Saipan

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

(1949a: 165, 166, as as 166, 165, (1949a: 166, as as 166,

(1972: as above). above). as (1972:

onyms onyms

Chichi-Jima: Chichi-Jima:

94, 95, 96, as as 96, 95, 94,

7c). 7c).

118, 118, as

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL

[PHOENIX [PHOENIX

KIRIBATI KIRIBATI

OCEAN GP. GP. OCEAN [LINE [LINE

MARSHALL (RALIK) (RALIK) MARSHALL [PHOENIX [PHOENIX

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

C. CAROLINE CAROLINE C.

W. W.

PALAU: ? Gressitt (1953a: 98, 151, as as 151, 98, (1953a: Gressitt ? PALAU:

MARIANA MARIANA

MARCUS: Sakagami (1953: 26). 26). (1953: Sakagami MARCUS:

KAZAN KAZAN

WAKE WAKE Wake OGASAWARA: Shiraki (1905: 94, 96, pl. III, figure 4, as as 4, figure III, pl. 96, 94, (1905: Shiraki OGASAWARA:

[JOHNSTON: Bryan (1926a: 13); Hebard (1926: 83).] 83).] (1926: 13); Hebard (1926a: Bryan [JOHNSTON:

and and

and and

Anisolabis ballas [sic] [sic] forfallax); ballas Anisolabis

CAROLINE CAROLINE

A. fallax fallax A.

Anisolabis, Anisolabis,

Euborellia Euborellia

Anisolabis Anisolabis

A. piceus, piceus, A.

Tinian: Tinian:

Palmyra: Palmyra:

Krauss (1953: 218).] 218).] (1953: Krauss

Shiraki (1932: 2027, figure [2], as as [2], figure 2027, (1932: Shiraki

Shiraki (1950: 72, figure 171, as as 171, figure 72, (1950: Shiraki

Iwo-Jima: Iwo-Jima:

Furukawa (1930: 230, as as 230, (1930: Furukawa

A. piceus, piceus, A.

Tarawa: Tarawa:

Canton: Canton:

Canton:? Canton:?

Nauru: Nauru:

Haha-Jima: Haha-Jima:

Guam: Guam:

I.: I.:

and and

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

asAnisolabis). asAnisolabis).

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Chuuk: Chuuk:

by the same author only quite recently (Steinmann, 1988: 1988: (Steinmann, recently quite only author same the by

Euborellia eteronoma eteronoma Euborellia

Yap. Yap. Gp.:

Enewetak Enewetak

Brindle (1972: 112, figure 3b, 123, figure 6a, 125, 129, 129, 125, 123, 112, figure 6a, figure 3b, figure (1972: Brindle

Fieber, 1853, only as the Hawaiian Islands. It was trans­ was It Islands. Hawaiian the as only 1853, Fieber,

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

as synonyms); Esaki (1930: 208, as as 208, (1930: Esaki synonyms); as

Swezey (1914: 16, as as 16, (1914: Swezey

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

A. piceus piceus A.

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

Van Van ( Zwaluwenburg 1943: as 305,

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

Froggatt (1910: 408, as as 408, (1910: Froggatt

Swezey (1946: 8); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 5 5 I: Pt. (1948: Beller 8); (1946: Swezey

also misspelled misspelled also

Van Zwaluwenburg (1943: 305, as "Undet. sp.").] sp.").] "Undet. 305, as (1943: Van Zwaluwenburg

Townes Townes 31). Moen (1946:

Ailiglapalap: Ailiglapalap:

Enewetak: Enewetak:

Townes (1946: 31). 31). Townes (1946:

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

Yap Yap

I.); I.);

I.: I.:

Sakai (1970a: 36); Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle 36); (1970a: Sakai

as as

Rehn (1949a: 165, 166; 1949b: 98; both as as both 98; 1949b: 166; 165, (1949a: Rehn

Brindle (1972: as above); Samuelson and and Samuelson above); as (1972: Brindle

Brindle (1972: as above). above). as (1972: Brindle

piccus [sic]); [sic]); piccus

Anisolabis); Anisolabis); Townes (1946: 31); Rehn (1949a: 165, 165, (1949a: Rehn 31); (1946: Townes

Shiraki (1928: 8, as as 8, (1928: Shiraki

''piseus" ''piseus"

Jabwot (or Jabvat) Jabvat) (or Jabwot

(Borelli, 1809) 1809) (Borelli,

Euborellia Euborellia

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

Anisolabis). Anisolabis).

Anisolabis); Anisolabis);

I. I.

on p. 96); Matsumura (1914: (1914: Matsumura 96); p. on

and Enjebi Enjebi and

I.: I.:

Sakai (1970a: 36); Brindle Brindle 36); (1970a: Sakai

Furukawa (1930: 230, as as 230, (1930: Furukawa

Brindle (1972: as above). as above). (1972: Brindle

sp.). sp.).

Anisolabis, ex ex Anisolabis,

Anisolabis, Anisolabis,

Hebard (1926: 83); 83); (1926: Hebard

Kato Kato

Koror Koror

Sakai (1970a: 36). 36). (1970a: Sakai

Anisolabis; Anisolabis;

Anisolabis fallax; fallax; Anisolabis

I. I.

I.). I.).

and Jaluit Jaluit and

(1938: 15, as as 15, (1938:

and and

= =

Kwajalein: Kwajalein:

ih syn­ with

8); Rehn Rehn 8);

Hawai­

Peleliu: Peleliu:

also also

I.: I.:

311 311 A. A.

Kwa­

to to the sub­

Brindle Brindle (1972:

I.: I.:

regarded regarded as a distinct

and Toi Toi and

I. I.

Brindle Brindle (1972: 131, figure 8,

assignedfemoralis assignedfemoralis

sp.). sp.).

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

E. E. plebeja,

(Brindle, (Brindle, 1970)

ANTISOLABINAE, ANTISOLABINAE, auctt.)

(Dohrn, (Dohrn, 1863)

(Pallas, (Pallas, 1773)

Jaluit: Jaluit:

Townes Townes (1946: 31); Rehn (1949a: 166,

(= (=

Labidura Labidura

Garakayo: Garakayo:

Townes (1946: (1946: Townes 31).

I.). I.).

LABIDURINAE LABIDURINAE

and and

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

Brindle, Brindle, 1970

Enewetak: Enewetak:

Majuro: Majuro:

Fam. LABIDURIDAE LABIDURIDAE Fam.

Townes (1946: (1946: Moen 31). Townes

Subfam. Subfam.

and and Enjebi

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above).

Peleliu: Peleliu:

Brindle Brindle (1972: 126).

Labidura Labidura riparia

(Dohrn, (Dohrn, 1863)

"greenslandei". "greenslandei".

I. I.

and and by Steinmann (1989b: 275,276). Neither author gave

Krauss Krauss (1953: 218).]

Euborellia Euborellia femoralis

and and

Townes Townes (1946: 31); Sugerman (1972a: 275); Brindle (1972:

Chuuk: Chuuk:

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Antisolabis Antisolabis greensladei

str. str.

ANTISOLABIDINAE ANTISOLABIDINAE

I.: I.:

islet"). islet").

s. s.

Saipan: Saipan:

Brindle Brindle (1972: figure 132, 9, 133, 134).

"? "?

antea!). antea!). Babeldaob

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above); Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 149, 170;

I.: I.:

Angaur Angaur

Babeldoab: Babeldoab:

Kiritimati: Kiritimati:

I.); I.);

for for Oceania, by Sakai (1982: 25), who

Subfam. Subfam.

Kwajalein Kwajalein

Brachylabis). Brachylabis).

Euborellia, Euborellia,

Brachylabis Brachylabis greensladei

[LINE [LINE

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RATAK)

Euborellia Euborellia plebeja

MARSHALL MARSHALL (RALIK)

C. CAROLINE CAROLINE C.

MARSHALL MARSHALL (GENERAL): Townes (1946: 31); Samuelson & Nishida

E. E. CAROLINE

CAROLINE CAROLINE (1946: (GENERAL): Townes 31).

PALAU PALAU

MARCUS: MARCUS: Sakagami (1953: 26, as

MARIANA MARIANA

Steinmann Steinmann (1978: the gave distribution 187) of this species Oceanian as only;

PALAU: Steinmann Steinmann PALAU: (1988: 341,359, 360, figure 576, 577; 323; 1989b: "dis­

PALAU PALAU

The The above synonymy was given by Brindle (1972: but 126), apparently not

as as above).

latter latter p. for Enewetak

(1987: (1987: as 170: Enewetak Enewetak

as as above).

1988 1988 citation,

132, 132, as

WAKE Wake Wake WAKE

jalein: jalein:

Syn.: Syn.:

tribution" tribution" given only as Solomon Islands, but "Palau" included in author's own

he he misspelled the name

species species (pp. 259-261), not was recorded. so

a Micronesian Micronesian a distribution. Steinmann (1988: 238,267, 438,439), figure however,

genus genus ha.d noted noted ha.d it for Micronesia (p. 267), though

Syn.: Syn.: accepted accepted missed) by was Steinmann recorded as (1978: who also it (or it 186), 185,

E. E. plebeja 312 312

Neogaster Neogaster

fig. 1, no ref. to Micronesia,] 118, 119; 1972: 140); Steinmann (1989a: 23, 24, fig. fig. 24, 23, (1989a: Steinmann 140); 1972: 119; 118, Micronesia,] to 1, ref. no fig.

Borelli (1928: 4, var. var. 4, (1928: Borelli

modem parlance) and the recognizable Dermaptera; other orthopteroids were all all were orthopteroids other Dermaptera; recognizable the and parlance) modem

not described until 1871. 1871. until described not

There can be no association with the genus genus the with association no be can There

tween tween

dealt with on a previous page, so that this this that so page, previous a on with dealt

"Lobophora "Lobophora

tenwyl], tenwyl],

(1991: 3350 [=133]. [=133]. 3350 (1991:

above). above).

ing Rehn, 1946] (1991: 3378(-3381], as as 3378(-3381], (1991: 1946] Rehn, ing

type locality; 1949c: 110, as as 110, 1949c: locality; type

onym; 1989b: 402, for for 402, 1989b: onym;

nal, as as nal,

Garakayo, Koror Koror Garakayo,

ipae] 32, ih aiu fg rm en 14,Bide 17, n origi­ and 1971, Brindle, 1946, Rehn, from figs various with 3821, displaced],

reditus); reditus);

402). Sakai (1991: 3339 [=123], 3350 [=133]) lists this species as as species this lists [=133]) 3350 [=123], 3339 (1991: Sakai 402).

[118,] 124, as as 124, [118,]

tus); tus);

not synonymize the two names. names. two the synonymize not

as as

(sic) aculeata (sic) (sic) aculeata (sic)

type of of type

erence, the Caroline Islands were mentioned (p. 23), as was Micronesia (p. 24); the the (p. 24); Micronesia as was (p. 23), mentioned were Islands Caroline the erence, 1971, 1972] (1991: 3350 [=133]; also 3381, 3382, asN asN 3382, 3381, also [=133]; 3350 (1991: 1972] 1971,

lands to Micronesia", but, of the latter, only Guam was specifically mentioned (p. (p. mentioned specifically was Guam only latter, the of but, Micronesia", to lands

26-28; 1989b: 402, 403) synonymized synonymized 403) 402, 1989b: 26-28;

rnet h pce,h ttdi ob wdl itiue fo h hlpie Is­ Philippine the from distributed "widely be to it stated he species, the to erence

159, figure 16f, also as as also 16f, figure 159,

an Oceanian distribution. The same author (Steinmann 1989a: 23, 24, figure figure 24, 23, 1989a: (Steinmann author same The distribution. Oceanian an

Syn.: Syn.:

N N

CAROLINE (GENERAL,? including the Palau Islands): Burr (1912: 320); 320); (1912: Burr Islands): Palau the including (GENERAL,? CAROLINE Note: The reference by Schmeltz & & Schmeltz by reference The Note:

PALAU:? Schmeltz Schmeltz PALAU:?

MARIANA: Popham Popham MARIANA:

Steinmann (1979b: 276, 277) noted that this species (under both names) has has names) both (under species this that noted 277) 276, (1979b: Steinmann

Sakai [not reprint] (1991: 3377, 3765, figure, 3767, figure ["Marianne Is." Is." ["Marianne figure 3767, figure, 3765, 3377, (1991: reprint] [not Sakai

Nesogaster reditus reditus Nesogaster

reditus); reditus);

"Pyrgomorpha crenulata crenulata "Pyrgomorpha

N N

N N

nomen nudum); nudum); nomen

Sakai [reprinting Brindle, 1971, 1972] (1991: 3350 [=133], as as [=133], 3350 (1991: 1972] 1971, Brindle, [reprinting Sakai

reditus). Guam: Guam: reditus).

only); Bryan (1948: 5, var. var. 5, (1948: Bryan only);

reditus reditus

[? [?

N N

Chelisoches] morio Chelisoches]

Brindle (1971: 118, as as 118, (1971: Brindle

Fam. SPONGIPHORIDAE SPONGIPHORIDAE Fam.

and and

was noted (p. 23) as being from Guam. In the later (1989b) ref­ (1989b) later the In Guam. from being as 23) (p. noted was

reditus; reditus;

from Micronesia; on other pages he is more specific; he does does he specific; more is he pages other on Micronesia; from

Nesogaster aculeatus aculeatus Nesogaster

Peleliu: Peleliu:

brevipennis); brevipennis);

N N

Kevan Kevan

N N

Superfam. Superfam.

Rehn, 1946 1946 Rehn,

& &

Gressitt (1953a: 98, as as 98, (1953a: Gressitt

reditus); reditus);

& &

reditus, reditus,

Subfam. Subfam.

Rehn (1946: 221, figure 6, 7, 226-231, as as 226-231, 7, 6, figure 221, (1946: Rehn

1972: 114, figure 4a, 136, figure l0e, f, h, 140, 141, 141, 140, h, f, l0e, figure 136, 4a, figure 114, 1972:

Pohl Pohl

& &

Brindle (1967: 36, as as 36, (1967: Brindle

Vickery: Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids

Brindle (1972: as above); Sakai [reprinting last] last] [reprinting Sakai above); as (1972: Brindle

N N

F." F."

(1869: 32, as as 32, (1869:

reditus); reditus);

F.", F.",

as synonym, 403); Sakai [reprinting Brindle, Brindle, [reprinting Sakai 403); synonym, as

NESOGASTRINAE NESOGASTRINAE

(actually (actually

FORFICULOIDEA FORFICULOIDEA

Steinmann (1989a: 23, for for 23, (1989a: Steinmann

Hincks (1938: 308); Rehn (1946: 419, as as 419, (1946: Rehn 308); (1938: Hincks

brevipennis, brevipennis,

i.e., between the end of the Acridoidea (in (in Acridoidea the of end the between i.e.,

N N

reditus reditus

Pohl Pohl

reditus); reditus);

"Haania" "Haania"

Haania Haania

N N

(= (=

(Bormans, 1900) 1900) (Bormans,

Brindle (1971: 115, 116, figure 7, 7, figure 116, 115, (1971: Brindle

Atractomorpha australis australis Atractomorpha

reditus). Tinian: Tinian: reditus).

LABIIDAE, LABIIDAE,

under under

Haania minor minor Haania

(1869) lists lists (1869)

of of

15); Brindle (1971: [116, incl. incl. [116, (1971: 15); Brindle

N N

Nesogaster Nesogaster

Steinmann (1976: 403, as as 403, (1976: Steinmann

was undoubtedly an earwig. earwig. an undoubtedly was

Stal Stal

aculeatus. aculeatus.

reditus); reditus);

reditus); reditus);

(Mantodea), which was was which (Mantodea),

auctt.) auctt.)

"Haania minor" minor" "Haania

Br[unner von Wat­ von Br[unner

N N

Brindle (1972: as as (1972: Brindle

Sakai (1970b: 19, 19, (1970b: Sakai

sp.). sp.).

In In

reditus, reditus,

aa [reprint­ Sakai

the earlier ref­ earlier the

Babelthuap, Babelthuap,

N N

Nesogester Nesogester

Rehn) and and Rehn)

N N

reditus; reditus;

as syn­ as

redi­

be­

313 313 N N

N. N.

f); f);

Labia Labia

Labia); Labia);

Islands"). Islands").

[sic] [sic]

Menozzi Menozzi (1941:

I.: I.:

Labia Labia appendicina

reditus]). reditus]).

(Menozzi, (Menozzi, 1941)

N. N.

Hebard, Hebard, 1922

(Menozzi, (Menozzi, 1941)

for for Micronesia.

LABIINAE LABIINAE

nee nee

Brindle Brindle (1972: as above); Sakai [reprinting

Menozzi Menozzi (1941: 2, 75, 76, as fig. 77,

SPARATTINAE SPARATTINAE

I.: I.:

I. I. :

Hebard, Hebard, 1922, said that the species is "probably

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Menozzi Menozzi (1941: as above; type locality); Brindle

Subfam. Subfam.

Yap Yap

Menozzi Menozzi (1941: Brindle 80); (1972: as above); Sakai

Fefan Fefan

Subfam. Subfam.

Chaetolabia) Chaetolabia)

Brindle Brindle (1972: 142, 143, fig. 159, 16e, fig. 161, 17a,

Menozzi, Menozzi, 1941,

Chaetolabia Chaetolabia esakii

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

Yap Yap Gp.

Auchenomus Auchenomus javanus (Bormans, 1883)

Chuuk: Chuuk:

Chaetolabia Chaetolabia appendicina

Menozzi Menozzi (1941: 80); Brindle (1972: as including above; Nanua

Babeldoab: Babeldoab:

Spiro labia] labia] dubronyi Spiro

CAROLINE CAROLINE

now now

CAROLINEKosrae: CAROLINEKosrae:

[ [

from from Micronesia, but he was no more precise. Rehn (1949b: 104), on the

Labia Labia dubronyi;

Bryan Bryan (1948: 21) noted that Menozzi (1941, below) had described

E. E. CAROLINE

CAROLINE (GENERAL): Steinmann (1989b: 563, as "Carolinas "Carolinas as 563, (1989b: Steinmann (GENERAL): CAROLINE

C. CAROLINE C. CAROLINE

Note: Note: Steinmann (1989b: 563) actually designated the type locality of this

PALAU PALAU

E. E.

W W

Sakai Sakai [reprinting last] (1991: 3350 [= 133]).

...... of relatively broad distribution in Polynesia and Micronesia". Sakai (1970a:

Syn.: Syn.:

esakii esakii

525,540,fig. 525,540,fig. 1012-1014,541; 1989b:563). basis basis of a record from Pohnpei by Menozzi (1941, below) and using the name

species species as Pohnpei. As Menozzi (1941) did not indicate a lotype, his male from

Labia Labia

(1972: (1972: as above); Steinmann (1979b: 297); Sakai (1982: 41); Steinmann (1989a:

as as above).

Nigit-Rontiki Nigit-Rontiki here is designated lectotype.

Brindle Brindle (1972: fig. 150, Mesa[?= 14d-f, 151, 153). Mesegan]

(Steinmann, (Steinmann, merely he 297), stated be Oceanian. 1979b: to it (1982: 41) Sakai also

417) 417) also mentioned the species in general terms as being Micronesian; later Sakai Sakai [reprinting Brindle, (1991: 1972] 3622).

from from Micronesia, not but he indicate did more a precise locality. Steinmann (1976:

mentioned mentioned the species (as

Steinmann Steinmann (1979b: 280) mentioned this species as having an Oceanian distribu­

Bryan Bryan (1948: 21) noted that Menozzi (1941) had described

[reprinting [reprinting last] (1991: 3351 [=134]); Sakai reprint] [not (1991: 3767, figs, as

tion, tion, but he was no more specific.

3352 3352 [= incl. fig. h 135], f, e, 10 fig. [last as

I.); I.);

last] last] (1991: 3350 [=133]).

reditus). reditus). Pohnpei:

26-28); 26-28); Sakai Brindle, [reprinting (1991: 3347 1971, 1972] [=130], 3350 [=133], 314 314

Peleliu: Peleliu:

the nominotypical subspecies. Sakai (1991: 3719-3720, 3787, 3912) gave gave 3912) 3787, 3719-3720, (1991: Sakai subspecies. nominotypical the

Pohnpei: Pohnpei: 3912, with reprints of Brindle, 1972, & original figs original 1972, & Brindle, of reprints with 3912,

neously) a Malaysian distribution. Sakai (1982: 40) gave the species and two of the the two of and species gave the 40) (1982: Sakai distribution. a Malaysian neously)

MARIANA MARIANA

them geographically. The same author (Steinmann 1979b: 296) later listed listed later 296) 1979b: (Steinmann author same The geographically. them

There are three Micronesian subspecies of this apparently endemic earwig genus. genus. earwig endemic apparently this of subspecies Micronesian three are There

cata, s.l., s.l., cata,

distinguishing geographic distributions. Steinmann (1989a: 176, 204) mentioned mentioned 204) 176, (1989a: Steinmann distributions. geographic distinguishing

cata [fuscata] [fuscata] cata

but without specific indication of island or group. The same author (Steinmann, (Steinmann, author same The group. or island of indication specific without but

C. C.

subspecies as Micronesian, but he omitted the nominotypical subspecies and the the and subspecies nominotypical the omitted he but Micronesian, as subspecies

mann (1989a: 525, 539, fig. 1009-1011, 540; 540; 1009-1011, fig. 539, 525, (1989a: mann cronesian, but no more precisely. precisely. more no but cronesian,

[reprinting from Brindle, 1972] 3787, 3 figs. with locality omitted, 3789, fig., fig., 3789, omitted, locality with figs. 3 3787, 1972] Brindle, from [reprinting

Steinmann (1989a: 205, 206, fig. 350, 351; 1989b: 465); Sakai (1991: 3720 3720 (1991: Sakai 465); 1989b: 351; 350, fig. 206, 205, (1989a: Steinmann

dubronyi dubronyi

mann, 1979b: 297), he indicated that it was Oceanian ( ( gave he 291 Oceanian was p. it on his that indicated he 1979b: 297), mann,

the genus genus the

designated lectotype); Brindle (1972: 150, 151, fig. 14a-c, 159, fig. 16b); Stein­ 16b); fig. 159, 14a-c, fig. 151, 150, (1972: Brindle lectotype); designated

ity-no holotype was designated; his male "Kusaie" specimen from Malem is is here Malem from specimen "Kusaie" male his designated; was holotype ity-no

Steinmann (1976: 417) listed all three for Micronesia generally, without separating separating generally, without Micronesia for all three listed 417) (1976: Steinmann

Sakai (1970: 152); Brindle (1972, as above); Steinmann (1989a: as above). above). as (1989a: Steinmann above); as (1972, 152); Brindle (1970: Sakai

(1949b}---use of the name name the of (1949b}---use

sian distribution, merely noting it as being an "Indo-Australian" species. species. "Indo-Australian" an being as it noting merely distribution, sian

Steinmann (1976: 417) listed this species, as as species, this listed 417) (1976: Steinmann timn (95 12 ae o eeec t t paety xlsvl Microne­ exclusively apparently its to reference no made 122) (1985: Steinmann

1985: 122) as merely being "Indo-Australian". Sakai (1982: 41) listed it as Mi­ as it listed 41) (1982: Sakai "Indo-Australian". being merely as 122) 1985:

1979b: 297) indicated the species as being Oceanian only, and later (Steinmann, (Steinmann, later and only, Oceanian being as species the indicated 297) 1979b:

151, 152) also accepted accepted 152) also 151,

fuscata, s. lat., lat., s. fuscata,

PALAU: Steinmann (1989a: 525, 537, fig. 1004, 1005; 1989b: 566, 567). 567). 566, 1989b: 1005; 1004, fig. 537, 525, (1989a: Steinmann PALAU:

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

Steinmann (1976: 417, fig. 68) listed listed 68) fig. 417, (1976: Steinmann

Brindle (1972: 150, 151, fig. 14g, h, 153; type locality). locality). 153; type 14g, h, 151, fig. 150, (1972: Brindle

for the same region) same the for

and the various subspecies from Micronesia generally. generally. Micronesia from subspecies various the and

Menozzi (1941: 74, as as 74, (1941: Menozzi

Chaetolabia, Chaetolabia,

Guam: Guam:

and the two other subspecies as having an Oceanian and ( ( and erro­ Oceanian an having as subspecies other two the and

from the Caroline Islands, including Kosrae, the type locality of of locality type the Kosrae, including Islands, Caroline the from

Chaetospania fuscata clavata clavata fuscata Chaetospania

Brindle (1972: 144, 147, fig. 13e, f, j, 148; type locality); locality); type 148; j, f, 13e, fig. 147, 144, (1972: Brindle

Kosrae: Kosrae:

Chaetospania fuscata fuscata Chaetospania

Chaetolabia spicata spicata Chaetolabia

Kevan & & Vickery Kevan

dubronyi dubronyi

dubronyi dubronyi

indicated that Menozzi's (1941}---but not Rehn's Rehn's not (1941}---but Menozzi's that indicated

Menozzi (1941: 74, 75, fig. 2, as as 2, fig. 75, 74, (1941: Menozzi

. .

Sakai (1982: 41) listed the species for Micronesia. Micronesia. for species the listed 41) (1982: Sakai

as Micronesian, but Brindle (1972), who erected erected who (1972), Brindle but Micronesian, as

Labia dubronyi); dubronyi); Labia

was incorrect for Micronesia. Micronesia. for incorrect was

: :

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial

C. C.

Brindle, 1972 1972 Brindle,

Brindle, 1972 1972 Brindle,

dubronyi dubronyi

esakii esakii

C. C.

Brindle, 1972 1972 Brindle,

apicata (sic), (sic), apicata

.

). ).

Rehn (1949b: 104, as last); last); as 104, (1949b: Rehn

o irnsa ltr (Stein­ later Micronesia; for

as synonym; 1989b: 565). 565). 1989b: synonym; as

Labia; Labia;

from Micronesia, Micronesia, from

ye local­ type

C.fus­

C.fus­

Labia Labia 315 315 316 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Chaetospania fuscata fuscata Brindle, 1972 CAROLINE (GENERAL): Steinmann (1989a: 206; 1989b: 465). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: Brindle (1972: 145, 146 [trinomen not used above description!], 147, fig. 13c, cl,k, 148; type locality); Steinmann (1989a: 205, fig. 348,349; 1989b: 465); Sakai (1991: [3719-]3720 [reprinting from Brindle, 1972], 3787, figs. no subspecific name, Micronesia only, 3789, fig., 11 [with figs. from Brindle, 1972], 3912, incl. fig.

Chaetospania fuscata yapensis Brindle, 1972 CAROLINE (GENERAL): Steinmann (1989a: 205, 206, 207, fig. 352, 353; 1989b: 465). W. CAROLINE Yap Gp.: Brindle (1972: 145, 147, fig. 13a, b, 148, 149; type locality); Steinmann (1989a: 206; 1989b: 465); Sakai (1991: [3720-]3721 [reprint from Brindle, 1972], 3789, fig., 3912, as Micronesia only [incl. fig. from Brindle, 1972], 3913, fig.).

Chaetospania nigritula Brindle, 1972 Steinmann (1976: 417) listed this species for Micronesia, but without more precise locality. The same author later (Steinmann, 1979b: 297) merely indicated the dis­ tribution as being Oceanian. Sakai (1982: 40) gave Micronesia only. PALAU: Steinmann (1989a: 177,213,214, fig. 365-367; 1989b: 471); Sakai (1991: 3913 [incl. figs from Brindle, 1972, and Steinmann, 1979], also original fig.). Garakayo: Brindle (1972: 144, 145, 146, fig. 12c, e; type locality Ngergoi); Sakai (1991: [3721-]3722 [reprint oflast], 3787, fig., no locality).

Chaetospania ponapensis Brindle, 1972 Steinmann (1976: 417) listed this species for Micronesia generally. The same au­ thor later (Steinmann 1979b: 297) merely listed the distribution as being Ocean­ ian. Sakai (1982: 40) indicated Micronesia only. CAROLINE (GENERAL): Steinmann (1989a: 177,212,213, fig. 363,364). E. CAROLINE Pohnpei: Brindle (1972: 144, 147, fig. 13g-i, 149); Steinmann (1989a: as above; 1989b: 474); Sakai (1991: 3722 [reprint from Brindle, 1972], 3789, figs, locality Nanpil [on Pohnpei], 3790, 2 figs [with 3 other specimens from Upolu, Samoa, presumably not this species], 3913, locality Nanpil [on Pohnpei, with figs reprinted from Brindle, 1972,] also original figs.).

Marava arachidis (Yersin, 1860) Syn.: Labia wallacei Dohrn, 1865 = Marava wallacei (Dohrn, 1865) species, but without specific reference to Micronesia. to reference specific without but species,

ceeding).

ae ee s n h cs of case the in as here made above). as (1972:

Labiafeae Brindle (1972: as above); Steinmann (1976: 413, as 413, (1976: Steinmann above); as (1972: Brindle as 9, seem that the same error, confusing the oceans in which the island is situated,was is island the whichin oceans the confusing error, same the that seem

arachidis). asM 31, Townes species); (1946: rm seso Iln, u oen o idctdse ead 97 above); 1917, Hebard indicated-see not ocean but Island, Ascension from rpit hr) ee tog tee r msuie ai nus nig in ending nouns Latin masculine are there though even here), propriate oen tla ptoy "e" Load Fa fTrn, 8210) The 1852-1903). Torino, of Fea (Leonardo "Fea" patronym Italian modern Steinmann last); as 28, (1982: Sakai above); 1970b, Sakai for as Island, sion 18a 43 18b 9 47 bt a ls, u synonymizing but last, as both 497; 9, 1989b: 453; (1989a: be formed by adding by formed be

(1972: as above). as (1972: ht take that

159, fig. 16a, 161, 17a, 159, 16a, fig. b).fig. u h dd o rfr pcfcly o irnsa Smlry h sm ato later author same the Similarly, Micronesia. to specifically refer not did he but grammar; Latin

''feae". Nomenclature Zoological of Code ternational 6) rnl (92 155). (1972: 164); Brindle (Steinmann 1989b: 501) did not refer to Micronesia when giving the distribution the giving when Micronesia to refer not did 501) 1989b: (Steinmann of the species, though he cited an cited he though species, ofthe

(1972), below. (1972),

(1989a: 415,458, fig. 845-848, p. 459). p. 845-848, fig. 415,458, (1989a:

rlba ascensionis Prolabia

Labia grandis Labia

PALAU

etc. W . CAROLINE C.

E

Steinmann (1979b: 287) notes the Oceanian distribution of this cosmopolitan this of distribution Oceanian the notes 287) (1979b: Steinmann

ASAL (RALIK). MARSHALL

The specific name of this species was formed from that of a of that from formed was species this of name specific The KIRIBATI

PALAU

timn (99:27 oe htti pce a nOena distribution, Oceanian an has species this that noted 287) (1979b: Steinmann

rlba ascensionis Prolabia

.

CAROLINE

CAROLINE

"-ae"

urn, 1879 Dubrony,

Babeldoab:

Peleliu:

Butaritari:

''feae"

n h gntv snua. h rfrne ctd eo al use all below cited references The singular. genitive the in

urn, 1879 Dubrony,

Marava feai Marava

Kosrae:

Yap Gp.

Chuuk:

"i"

Brindle (1972: 158, 160, 161, fig. 17c, d, 162); Steinmann 162); d, 17c, fig. 161, 160, 158, (1972: Brindle

Kevan

ol ipy eiie edr wih ol nt e ap­ be not would (which gender feminine imply could

Menozzi (1941: 73, as 73, (1941: Menozzi

otefl ae ntb elnn i nacrac with accordance in it declining by not name, full the to

ead 1917 Hebard,

rm"seso Iln,SuhAlni [i]i would [sic]-it South Atlantic Island, "Ascension from

Pohnpei:

Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle

&

Yap

ons 14: 1 as 31, (1946: Townes

eoz (91 7, as 73, (1941: Menozzi

Jaluit,

Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids

Garakayo, andPeleliu: Koror

ilpea punctata Diploptera

Dboy 1879) (Dubrony,

Insects of Micronesia Insects

wallacei); I.:

Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle

Hebard (1917: 243,244,245, pl. XVI, fig. 8, fig. XVI, pl. 243,244,245, (1917: Hebard

ilp . and I., Pinlep

aa 17b 173, as (1970b:Sakai

a ere ta h eiie case genitive the that decreed has

M

mn. nov. emend.

wallacei);

Kwajalein,

. wallacei). M.

. ascensionis, M.

M

Batda, e udr that under see [Blattodea],

eeec-ht ofBrindle reference-that

wallacei);

Brindle (1972: as pre­(1972: Brindle

rnl (92 158, (1972: Brindle

by I: Brindle I.: Ebeye

ascensionis

M. ascensionis, M.

Toi

aa (1970b: Sakai

man

from Ascen­ from

I.:

ih the with

Brindle

with

"-a"

In­

317 as a

n. sp.,

Leach, (Fabri­

Parala­

Parala­

8); Sakai

Kevan, to

=

Labia

annulata

the namethe

Brindle (1972: as

Brindle (1972: as

of which, unfortu­

Brindle (1972: as

I.:

"Labia annulata

Yap

Peleliu:

Tinian:

Motshulskii, 1863)

Steinmann, junior is 1989,a

(as distict from

Paralabella,

=

Mimolabia boninensis,

and

Paralabella,

and

Kevan

Paralabellula brindlei

Yap. Gp.

(Fabricius ), the above,name (Fabricius

Kevan

and

Saipan

Paralabella

Brindle (1972: as above).

Paralabella

I.,

Brindle (1972: as above).

of Steinmann (1989a: 470) because theof in­

but Steinmann (1989a: 470, 481, 482, fig.

(Motschoulsky

I.:

Micronesica 30(2),1997 Micronesica

Paralabellula

Steinmann, 1989

4); Shiraki (1932: 2029, fig. [1]; 1950: 73, fig. 174);

Moen

Potangeras

.

Paralabellula brindlei

Swezey (1946: 8); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 5

Burr, 1909. The name was, in fact, first published as a

Brindle (1972: fig. 4b, 114, b, fig. 154, 15a, fig. 155, 159,

Euborellia annulata Paralabella

Motshulskii, 1863

Kapingamarangi:

Ulithi,

Chuuk:

Guam:

Shiraki (1927: 74; Esaki 1928: 11); (1930: 208);Furukawa (1930:

by Steinmann (1985: 121), though this is not indicated in the au­

Forticula annulata,

Eurobellia

Iwo-Jima:

Angaur, Babeldaob, Garakayo, Koror

(1932: pl. 2, fig

Alan Brindle for his major contributions to dermapteran taxonomy.As

Steinmann, 1989a, 1989b)has been selected.

Paralabellula curvicauda

is substituted. The species is renamed CAROLINE

is substituted for

Mr.

(cf

Koto

Labia curvicauda

According to Townes (1946: 31), this species "seems to occur all over Mi­

As discussed under

OGASAWARA: ? Matsumura (1914: 118, as

Paralabella curvicauda; KAZAN S.C. CAROLINE

MARIANA

C. CAROLINE

W.

PALAU

1815) or for the Neotropical species previously called

887-889; 1989b: 575) overlooked this and continued to regard

318

species of Labiinae, assigning it to his new genus

Brindle (1981: corrected 15) a long-standing misconception regarding the identity synonym of of Fabricius' nomen nudum

cius )," so that new names were needed ciusboth. for For bellula 16a). thor's catalogue ofDermaptera (Steinmann There 1989b: 575). been haveseems to Syn.: no alternative available name either for nately, he nately, made it the type species.Thus,

honor holotype, the specimen from which Steinmann's "gen. prep. No. 918" was pre­ Sakai (1970b: 131).

cronesia," but he mentioned no specific island or group. Sakai (1970b: 132) also 231); pared bellula included Oceania in its wide distribution. validity theof latter. nomen nudum); (1970b; 132); Brindle (1972: as above). mentioned it forMicronesia in general terms Steinmann only. (1979b: 291) merely above).

above)

above). 73); Sakai (1970b: 132); Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: 132); Brindle Sakai(1970b: 73); Medyado I.: Brindle (1972: as above)as (1972: Brindle I.: Medyado ofclnnAt . sp. ... Forficulinen-Art above). as (1972:

in its distribution, but he did not specifically mention Micronesia. specificallymention notdid he but distribution,its in

generic name generic Syn.:

Guam). ids"); Brindle (1972: as above).as (1972: Brindle ids"); (1946: 31, as "undetermined labiids"); Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle labiids"); "undetermined31,as (1946:

Loboptera above).as (1972: Brindle labiids"); "undeterminedas 31, 97: 7;se lo timn 18a 56, l te iain blw sd the used below citations the all 506), 1989a: Steinmann also see 179; 1987b:

ae,hwvr(cmlz & (Schmeltzhowever Later, h esen aoie sad, sntd eo.Brli 12: )osre ta the that observed 7) (1928: Borelli below. noted as Islands, Caroline eastern the oi (sic) moria refer specifically to Micronesia. Townes (1946: 31) stated that stated 31) Townes(1946: Micronesia. to specifically refer Syn.

below). Gressitt (1954: 160) also mentioned the species (as species the 160)mentioned also (1954: Gressitt below). Micronesia, without reference to specific islands or groups or islands specific to reference without Micronesia, o eey sad iie" n irnsa bt e ae ol oe Cuk see (Chuuk, one only named he but Micronesia, in visited" island every "on species is widely distributed throughout the whole of Oceania, though he did not did he though Oceania, of whole the throughout distributed widely is species

addition to mentioning specific island groups (as indicated below), also gaveMi­ also below), indicated (as groups island specific mentioning to addition rnsagnrlyfrisdsrbto. timn 18: 141) merelystatedthat (1983: Steinmann its fordistribution. generally cronesia

. CAROLINE E.

MARSHALL (GENERAL): ? Kempny ? (GENERAL): MARSHALL

ASAL (RALIK) MARSHALL

MARSHALL

s h gnrc name generic the As

AIN: rnl (92 15 i. 15c, fig. 155, (1972: Brindle MARIANA: that indicated 273) (1979b: Steinmann

PALAU E. CAROLINE E. W. :

Thename

Schmeltz & Schmeltz

Labia pilicornisLabia

oohr morio Lobophora

Guam: CAROLINE

Spirolabia pilicornis Spirolabia

uts 1825 (Lepidoptera) Curtis,

rm aiu Suh aii lclte, huh o fo Micronesia. from not though localities, Pacific South various from

Angaur

Labia,

Lobophora

en(99: 110). (1949c: Rehn

Pohl

Pingelap:

(RATAK.)Arno

Kosrae:

except as indicated.as except

Kosrae:

and

Yap Gp. Yap

osusi, 1863 Motshulskit,

hlsce morio Chelisoches

(1869, 1874) refer to this species as species this 1874) to refer (1869,

Kevan

?").

Fbiis 1775) (Fabricius,

Garakayo:

uie-evle 13 Dratr) specuid by is 1838preoccupied (Dermaptera) Audinet-Serville,

Subfam.

Spirolabia

Fam.CHELISOCHIDAE &

Jaluit:

Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle

Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle

Pohl

Menozzi (1941: 73); Sakai (1970b: 132); Brindle 132); (1970b: Sakai 73); (1941: Menozzi ikr:Nnslaoil orthopteroids Non-saltatorial Vickery:

a . Twe 14: 1 s"neemnd labi­ "undetermined as 31, (1946: Townes Yap I.?

(Motschoulsky

and

1979: 69), they listed they 69), 1979:

Enejet I. and Imej I.: Menozzi (1941: 73, 74); 73, (1941: MenozziI.: Imej and I. Enejet

CHELISOCHINAE

.

Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle

.

Kwajalein:

Majuro:

a pooe ol rcnl (Steinmann recently only proposed was

(Fabricius, 1775) (Fabricius,

"Labia pilicornis" "Labia

in

Brindle (1972: as above).as (1972: Brindle

Schnee (1904: 404, as "Kl[eine] as 404, (1904: Schnee

=

d,

Brindle (1972: as above). as (1972: Brindle

Motshulski1,1863)

5, 5;rfrig ely to really referring 157; 156,

Pohnpei: Pohnpei

"Lobophora

oohr morio Lobophora

.

Chelisoches

Sakai ( Sakai 123 1971: in ),

C.

: Peleliu:?

nldd Oceania included

?

eoz (1941: Menozzi

morio

Townes(1946:

sp.

occurred

only) for only)

Townes ?"

from

or

319

L.

C. C.

Brindle

Brindle

Gunther

Wotje I.:

Garakayo:

I.:

Babeldaob:

"Lobophora

Ehrhom (1939:

Wotje:

Majuro:

I.:

Brindle (1972: as above).

(1879: as 69,

Pohl

Swezey (1946: 8);Beller (1948:

Ehrhom (1939: 191); Menozzi

&

Japtan: Brindle (1972: as above);

Peleliu:

Brindle (1972: as above).

Schnee (1904: 404).

Jabvat (or Jabwot)

I.);

Guam:

in

Jaluit:

Machiro I. and Wema I.: Brindle (1972:

Schmeltz

:

Enewetak:

Brindle (1972: as above).

Speath).

Shiraki(1928: as "Koral-Polau"); 15; Sakai(1971:

Micronesica 30(2), I 997 I 30(2), Micronesica

Burr (1912: 326); Menozzi (1941: 77); Townes

Menozzi (1941: 77); Sakai (1971: 123); Brindle

Arno:

Pohnpei

Fassaroil I., Mog Mog I. and Potangeras

:

Brindle (1972: as above).

Ngulu I.: Brindle (1972: as above).

Koror:

Kapingamarangi:

Chuuk:

Ulithi

Kosrae:

Sakai (1971: Jabor 123;

Shiraki (1928: 15); Matsumura (1928: ShirakiMenozzi (1935:(?); (1941: 15); 1386

(RALIK)Ailingalapalap:

Mille):

Yap Gp.: Yap

I.);

only); Sakai (1971: 121); Brindle (1972: as above).

(or

Brontispa marianae

Brindle (1972: as above).

Saipan:

.

7); Rehn (1949c: 110, Sakai 111); (1971: Brindle 123); (1972: 163, 165,

Mili

CAROLINE

=

though he cited Brindle's (1972) Micronesian paper.

is cosmopolitan, and the same author later (Steinmann 1987: 116, also 117)

Ebon:

MARIANA: Burr (1908: Bryan 116); (1948: 6; 4; 1949: no island directly re­

PALAU: MatsumuraPALAU: (1935: 1386(?)); Gressitt (1953a: 98, also 153; 61, 153

CAROLINE (GENERAL-? including Palau Islands): Hincks (1938: 312,

C. CAROLINE S.C. CAROLINE

W

E. CAROLINE

MARSHALL (GENERAL): Kempny MARSHALL

MARSHALL (RATAK)

Chelisoches

112). Steinmann (1989b: 613-615) made no direct mention of Micronesia for

320

morio still in existence (Brindle 1981: he 14}---though did not actually mention its pres­ omitted to mention Micronesia. Samuelson Nishida& 1987: quoted170) Townes ( (1946: 31), above. Kevan (1987: 300) observed that the species was one of the ear­ liest of insects to be described from the "South Seas"-the types, from Tahiti, are 121; reference 121; to last); Brindle (1972: as above). ence Micronesia,in about which he wrote. He did so later, however (Kevan, 1990: conut beetle, morio,

ferred butto, species suggested possiblebiocontrol as agent Marianaagainstthe co­ 77); Rehn 77); (1949c: Sakai 110, (1971:111); Brindle 121, 123); (1972: as above).

Pt. I: 4 as fig. 19a-e) [1933], without giving the reference; the latter author, however, though he men­ Brindle (1972: above);as 313); Rehn (1949c: 110, 111-latterpage citedMenozzi, as source 1941, of Caro­

Menozzi (1941: 77); Sakai (1971: 123); Brindle (1972: as above). 191). line Islands records, which was correct, but, in this regard, he also cited Caroline Islands).

(1946: 31); Sakai (1971: 122). Fafan I.: Menozzi (1941: 77); Sakai (1971: 123). (1972: as above). tioned numerous Pacific islands, did not refer to any in Micronesia, let alone the as above).

(1972, as above; with (1972,above;as Lele I.). sp.?"); Menozzi (1941: 77); Sakai (1971: Brindle 123); (1972: as above). Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 149, 170). Moen I.: Brindle (1972: as above).

(1972: as above; a second entry erroneously lists this atoll beingas thein Caroline (1941: 77; Jabor

Islands). Menozzi (1941: 77); Sakai (1971: 123). Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 321

KIRIBATI: Rehn (1949a: 171); Brindle (1972: as above; also jointly with Ellice [= Tuvalu] Islands); Manser (1974: 7; as last). Tarawa:Brindle (1972: as above). OCEAN GP. Nauru: Froggatt (1910: 408). [TUVALU: Borelli (1928: 7; "Ellice Is." treated as though they were Samoan!); Hincks (1938: 312, 313); Brindle (1972: as above; jointly with Gilbert [= Kiribati] Islands); Manser (1974: 7; as last).]

Hamaxas nigrorufus (Burr, 1902) Syn.: Hamaxas papuensis Burr, 1909 Hamaxas esakii Menozzi, 1941 Hamaxas papuanus, auctt. (lapsus, only in synonymy) When Brindle (1972: 169) synonymized the above nominal species, he mis­ spelled Burr's (1909: 16, 17) H. papuensis as papuanus (sic) and gave the pagina­ tion incorrectly as "23" (? for "2, 3" of a separately paginated offprint of Burr's paper). The spelling error was repeated by Steinmann (1989b: 626, 627, index 921), although the same author earlier (Steinmann, 1983: 140; 1987a: 115)) had spelled the name correctly, but without recognizing the synonymy, or ignoring it. Bryan (1948: 21) noted that Menozzi (1941, below), had described H. esakii from Micronesia, but the former author gave no more precise a locality. Steinmann (1983: 140) also included Micronesia (generally) in the distribution of the species, though later (Steinmann 1987a: 115), he failed to do so. MARIANA Saipan: Brindle (1972: 169, 170, fig. 20a--d, 171; see comment on synonymy, above). .,. PALAU Babeldaob:Menozzi (1941: 78, 79, fig. 3, 80, asH. esakii);Sakai (1971: 247; also as H. esakii Borelli [sic]);Brindle (1972: as above); Steinmann (1989b: 627; see comment on synonymy, above). Koror and Peleliu:Brindle (1972: as above). Note: Menozzi (1941) designated no holotype for his new species, H. esakii. His Babeldoab specimen is therefore here selected as lectotype. CAROLINE (GENERAL): Steinmann (1989b: 627, citing Brindle 1972, above and below; see also comment on synonymy, above). W CAROLINE Yap Gp.: Yap I.: Brindle (1972: as above). C. CAROLINE Chuuk: Townes (1946: 31, as Hamaxas only). Dublon I. and Moen I.: Brindle (1972: as above). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: Menozzi (1941: as above); Sakai (1971: as above); Brindle (1972: as above). Pohnpei: Menozzi (1941: as above); Townes (1946: 31, as Hamaxas only); Sakai (1971: as above); Brindle (1972: as above).

Proteus laetior (Dohrn, 1865) Sakai (1982: 44) and Steinmann (1983: 142; 1987: 117; 1989b: 636, 637) omitted any reference to Micronesia in giving the distribution of this species, though the latter (1989b) does cite Brindle's (1972) Micronesian paper as a reference. PALAU Babeldaob, Koror and Peleliu: Brindle (1972: 163, 164, fig. 18). 322 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Order Cheleutoptera ( = Phasmatoptera) By way of introduction to the stick-insects of Micronesia, it may be of inter­ est to note that at least one species seems to have featured in the folk-art of the Palau Islands. Beasley (1914: 34) and Gathercole et al. (1979: 286) have illus­ trated a heavy, oval, shell-inlaid, wooden bowl from these islands, the repetitive inlay design of which comprises ten similar, elongate, "quadruped" insects that could quite conceivably have been modeled on Heterocarpus leprosus Redten­ bacher, 1906, a common, apterous stick insect occurring on the islands. A much larger and more impressive stick-insect from the Palau Islands is Diagoras ephialtes Stal, 1877, but the resemblance of the design seems closer to Heterocar­ pus. The bowl measures 58.5 cm at its greatest diameter. It was in the private col­ lection of Faith and Martin Wright of New York. Beasley (1914) stated that the de­ signs on the bowl "are obviously phallic," but this is probably a rather far-fetched hypothesis. It has long been fashionable to interpret anything elongate in primitive art in this way, but it would seem more reasonable simply to accept this design for what it appears to be-a representation of stick-insects-though quite possibly with some element of folklore or mythology associated with them. It may be pertinent to the above that, elsewhere in the South Pacific, in the Cook Islands, the natives of the Hervey Group apparently held stick-insects-in this case Graejfea crouanii (Le Guillou, 1841), q. v.-in some awe. They figured in ancient songs and myths and were considered to be the offspring of a goddess named Kui-the-Blind and were associated with the cult of Tane, who has been compared with Baal (Gill 1885: 160;s-l61). This was also referred to (in Japanese) by Esaki (1943: 839). In this order, as for most of the world, only the suborder Phasmatodea is rep­ resented in Micronesia and the neighboring regions. Though there are scattered references to individual species dating from much earlier, the first general account of Micronesian stick-insects was included in a work by Gunther (1932). This au­ thor gave details both for species and for the groups or islands concerned, but he also made some general statements. For example, he noted (Gunther 1932: 802) that eight species were known for Micronesia. Swezey (1936: 307) referred to un­ named "phasmids" or "stick-insects" attacking coconuts on Guam in the Mariana Islands; these would have been Acanthograeffea denticulata (Redtenbacher, 1908). Esaki (1940b: 408), in a very general, short account of Micronesian insects, observed that "Phasmidae" i.e., Phasmatodea) are widely distributed in Microne­ sia. The same author (Esaki 1940c: 1-3; 1941: 1-3) noted four genera in his brief discussions of Micronesia; he actually named three of the species, as noted here­ after. A little later (Esaki 1943: 839-840), he named two species in connection with coconuts. Townes (1946: 31) mentioned "other coconut-feeding walking sticks"-besides Acanthograejfea denticulata-for the Palau Islands and the cen­ tral and eastern Caroline Islands (Chuuk and Pohnpei respectively); he also men­ tioned "a number of species of walking sticks" other than those on coconut palms. Bryan (1948: 6, 42) referred to stick-insects in the literature for Micronesia generally, as well as giving specific references on other pages (as noted below); he

Alphabetically arranged, they are as follows: follows: as are they arranged, Alphabetically

may be of interest to note them here. All are recorded by by recorded are All here. them note to interest of be may

No member of this large superfamily (or of its subordinate taxa) has yet been been yet has taxa) subordinate its of (or superfamily large this of member No era. era.

This last was recorded by by recorded was last This

recorded from Micronesia, but several are known from the Talaud Islands and it it and Islands Talaud the from known are several but Micronesia, from recorded

only one species, as will be indicated below. Nine species were said to occur in in Mi­ occur to said below. were species indicated as will be species, only one Nine

generally, taking most of their information from Nakata (1961, above), but naming naming above), but (1961, Nakata from information of their generally, most taking

Kapingamarangi Atoll in the southeastern Caroline Islands. More recently, recently, More Islands. Caroline southeastern the in Atoll Kapingamarangi

tioned by her are included hereafter, as appropriate. appropriate. as hereafter, included are her by tioned

ubr o pce adrltosis o h hsaoe o h ain, Caro­ Mariana, the of Phasmatodea the for relationships and species of numbers

they are still unidentified". The same author (Nakata 1961: 119) also gave the the gave also 119) 1961: (Nakata author same The unidentified". still are they

cronesia, including four endemic to the Caroline Islands and one to the Marianas. Marianas. the to one and Islands Caroline the to endemic four including cronesia,

Micronesian Phasmatodea were said to be endemic. endemic. be to said were Phasmatodea Micronesian

Mariana Islands (Guam, Pagan, Rota, Saipan), she noted that only one species was was species one only that she noted Saipan), Rota, Pagan, (Guam, Islands Mariana

that four species occur on the latter, one on Chuuk and four on Pohnpei. For the the For Pohnpei. on four and Chuuk on one latter, the on occur species four that

From the Caroline Islands, with which she included the Palau Islands, she noted noted she Islands, Palau the included she which with Islands, Caroline the From

line (including Palau) and Marshall Islands. References to particular species men­ species particular to References Islands. Marshall and Palau) (including line

"large walkingsticks" had been collected from the Palau Islands and Kosrae, "but "but Kosrae, and Islands Palau the from collected been had walkingsticks" "large

found. For the Marshall Islands, she also noted but a single species. Five (named) (named) Five species. single a but noted also she Islands, Marshall For the found.

Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160) have referred to the Phasmatodea of of Micronesia 160) to Phasmatodea the have referred (1987: & Nishida Samuelson

gave a brief summary, accompanied by tables, mentioning various island groups. groups. island various mentioning tables, by accompanied summary, brief a gave

above), that has reviewed the Phasmatodea of Micronesia as such (her p. 113). 113). She (her p. such as of Micronesia Phasmatodea the reviewed has above), that

mentioned "moderately large stick insects" from the Mariana, Caroline and Mar­ and Caroline Mariana, the from insects" stick large "moderately mentioned

feed on coconut[-palm]s and other plants". The same author (Gressitt 1956b: 15) 15) 1956b: (Gressitt author same The plants". other and coconut[-palm]s on feed

generally; on the latter page, he mentioned "several species of stick insects which which insects stick of species "several mentioned he page, latter the on generally;

instance. Gressitt (1954: 160, 178) merely mentioned stick-insects for Micronesia Micronesia for stick-insects 178) mentioned merely 160, (1954: Gressitt instance.

various of the Caroline Islands (Ulithi Atoll, the Yap Group, the Hall Group, Group, Hall the Group, Yap the Atoll, (Ulithi Islands Caroline the of various

shall Islands. Islands. shall

Chuuk and Pohnpei), but he was uncertain of which species was involved in each each in involved was species which of uncertain was he but Pohnpei), and Chuuk

coconut palms by Phasmatodea of the genera genera the of Phasmatodea by palms coconut

also gave a record for Guam (his p. 30). Oakley (1953: 180) referred to damage to to damage to 180) referred (1953: Oakley 30). p. (his Guam for a gave record also

Niering (1963: 155) referred to a large (unnamed) species of stick-insect from from stick-insect of species (unnamed) a to 155) large referred (1963: Niering

A paper by Nakata (1961) is the only work, other than that of of that than other only work, the is (1961) Nakata by paper A

Asceles rulanda rulanda Asceles

Aruanoidea aruana aruana Aruanoidea

Hemiplastra stylifera stylifera Hemiplastra

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Superfam. Superfam.

Gunther Gunther

Subfam. Subfam.

SUBORDER PHASMATODEA PHASMATODEA SUBORDER

Fam. Fam. NECROSCIIDAE

Redtenbacher, 1908, 1908, subspecies Redtenbacher,

(1934: 86) as as 86) (1934:

NECROSCIOIDEA NECROSCIOIDEA

NECROSCIINAE NECROSCIINAE

(Westwood, 1859) 1859) (Westwood,

(Bates, 1865) 1865) (Bates,

Acanthograeffea Acanthograeffea

iyoda Hmpata stylif­ (Hemiplastra) Sipy/oidea

It It

Gunther Gunther

was also indicated that that indicated also was

and and

(1934: 79-86). 79-86). (1934:

Gunther Gunther

Graeffea Graeffea

(1932, (1932,

323 323 on on

7); 7);

pro­

Gun­

= =

Acan­

Nakata Nakata

Redten­

1934) 1934)

Uvarov, 1940, 1940, Uvarov,

only; only; 1942: 11,

Acanthograeffia Acanthograeffia

(Gunther, (Gunther,

Johnston Johnston (1965: 4,

Leprocaulus Leprocaulus

for for the United States

Acanthograeffea Acanthograeffea

type type locality); Zacher

Acanthograeffia Acanthograeffia [sic]);

Acanthograeffea Acanthograeffea [sic]);

Swezey Swezey (1936: 307, as "a

777, 777, 790); Esaki (1940a:

Leprocaulinus Leprocaulinus

talaudensis talaudensis

Acanthograeffia Acanthograeffia [sic]);

Graeffea; Graeffea;

Guam: Guam:

"mashina "mashina nafushi"

(Redtenbacher, (Redtenbacher, 1908)

only, only, in part); Townes (1946: 31,

Acanthograeffia Acanthograeffia [sic]). Saipan:

(Westwood, 1859) 1859) (Westwood,

(1932: (1932: 761, name

"Acanthograeffia") "Acanthograeffia")

Esaki Esaki (1943: as above); Oakley (1946:

Acanthograeffia Acanthograeffia [sic]);

in in part). Several references list the species

only, only, in part); Paine (1968: 570, as

PHASMATOIDEA PHASMATOIDEA

A. A. dentata, sic],

PLATYCRANINAE PLATYCRANINAE

Gunther Gunther

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Rota: Rota:

Fam. PHASMATIDAE PHASMATIDAE Fam.

(Kirby, 1896), subsp. subsp. (Kirby, 1896),

Esaki Esaki (1940a: 276); Yasumatsu (1940: 186, pl. VI,

Acanthograeffea Acanthograeffea

Subfam. Subfam.

Superfam. Superfam.

(1979A: (1979A: 979B: 11; l 122; both as last): Dr. Ilse Schreiner

Lamachus Lamachus xiphias

Graeffea); Graeffea);

Pagan: Pagan:

Acanthograeffea Acanthograeffea

et et al.

Acanthograeffia Acanthograeffia [sic],

Acanthograeff Acanthograeff ea denticulata

only, only, in part); Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160, indirectly, as

(1934: (1934: 79) described this subspecies in the genus

X.1986). X.1986).

Nakata Nakata (1961: 113).

MARIANA: MARIANA: Redtenbacher (1908: 371, as

Leprocaulinus Leprocaulinus insularis

113, 113, also 114 as

[sic]); [sic]);

(1961: (1961: 113).

(1946: (1946: 5, 6; 1953: 180); Gressitt (1954: 178, as

11; 11; 1979b: 122).

5, 5, 6; 1953: 180); Gressitt (1954: 178, as

(in (in litt.

as as last); Kurian

276; 276; 1940b: 409); Swezey (1940: 155, 180); Esaki (1943: as above); Oakley

ther ther (1932: 776, incl. fig. 1 [as

fig. fig. 14, eggs); Esaki (1943: as above); Gressitt (1954: 178, as

fig. fig. 16, latter damage to coconut fronds, as

southern southern Marianas); Dumbleton (1954: 68, 102, as

Gressitt Gressitt (1954: 178, as last; 1956b: 15, as "large stick insects," in part); United

Oakley Oakley (1953: 180); Dumbleton (1954: 68, 102, as

species species endemic to the Marianas [unnamed]).

thograeffea thograeffea

Gressitt Gressitt (1956b: as 15, "moderately large stick insects," in part); Nakata (1961:

(1913: (1913: 111, 112, as

fig. fig. 35); Swezey (1946: 7); Oakley (1946: 5, 6); Beller (1948: Pt. I: 4

(1961: 1; 1962: 164), Johnston Johnston (1961: 4), Kurian 1962: 164), and Owen (1979a: (1971: (1965: 1; al. et 1)

(all (all with the generic name misspelled

(1954: (1954: 178, as

posed, posed, 827; also 795 as Nations Nations (1961: 1; 1962: 164; both as

phasmid" phasmid" on coconut palms; 1940: 155, 180; 1941: 39); Esaki (1943: 839, incl.

ably, only the Mariana Islands were involved. These These Mariana the Islands references only involved. United are: Nations were ably,

( except except Guam) from ( the Line Islands to the Palau Islands, though here, presum­

Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, the Islands, which Pacific could Territory of mean Trust almost island any group or

Townes (1946: 30) recorded recorded (1946: 30) this Townes Micronesia species from Gressitt as did generally,

Gunther Gunther

has has been substituted for it.

324 324 bacher, bacher, but the generic preoccupied; name 1908, was Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 325

Acanthograeffea modesta Gunther, 1932 Gressitt (1954: 178) referred to Acanthograeffia (sic) from Micronesia generally; this would have included the present species from the Caroline Islands. As with the previous species, several publications refer to Acanthograeffia (sic) modesta from the United States trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, which could mean almost any group or island ( except Guam) from the Line Islands to the Palau Islands, though, in these instances, the Caroline Islands would have been meant. The refer­ ences in question are: United Nations (1961: 1; 1962: 164), Johnston (1965: 4); Owen (1971: 1) and Kurian et al. (1979a: 46; 1979b: 211). CAROLINE (GENERAL): Gunther (1932: 827; also 795 as Acanthograeffea only, in part); Dumbleton (1954: 68, 102, as Acanthograeffia [sic]); Gressitt (1956b: 15, as "moderately large stick insects," in part); Paine (1968: 570, as Acanthograeffea only, in part). W. CAROLINE Ulithi and Yap Gp.: Oakley (1953: 180). C. CAROLINE: Gunther (1932: 761; in error as "Ostkarolinen," for "Central­ Carolinen-Inseln"-cf p. 777). Hall Gp.? Oakley (1953: 180, asAcanthograeffea only; also some possibility that Graeffea crouanii [below] was involved). Chuuk: Redtenbacher (1908: 372; dubiously as Graeffea lifuensis Sharp, 1898, a Loyalty Islands species; as "Ruk [forTruk = Chuuk], Carolinen"; cf Gunther, 1932: 777); Gunther (1932: 777, incl. fig. 2, 778, 790); Esaki (1940b: 409; 1943: 841); Bryan (1948: 14); Potts (1949: 7, as Acanthograeffea sp., on coconut); C. Willemse (1951: 356); Oakley (1953: 180; also as Acanthograeffea only, though Graeffea crouanii [below] may have been involved); Gressitt (1954: 178, asAcanthograeffia [sic]); Nakata ( 1961: 113; also 114 as Acanthograeffea only). E. CAROLINE: [Gunther (1932: 761 as "Ostkarolinen," in error for "Central­ Carolinen-lnseln," cf p. 777)]. Pohnpei: Oakley (1953: 180, as Acanthograejfea only, though Graeffea crouanii [below] may have been involved); Gressitt (1954: 178, as Acanthograeffia [sic]; possibly next species involved); Nakata (1961: 113; also 114 as Acanthograejfea only).

Graeff ea crouanii (Le Guillou, 1841) Syn.: Graeffea cocophaga (Newport, 1844) Graeffea coccophaga (Westwood, 1859) & auctt. Both Graejfea crouanii (Le Guillou) and G. cocophaga (Newport) were de­ scribed from the Samoas. The former was originally called "Bacillus Crouanii'' by Le Guillou (1841: 293), the type locality being misprinted "Hamoa". The latter was first published as "A/opus cocophages, GRAY, MSS." by Newport (1844: 288) and came from Navigator's Island. The two were synonymized by W.F. Kirby (1904: 386). There can be little doubt of the correctness of this conclusion, with which Nakata (1961) had clearly concurred before her untimely death, for she did not use the latter specific name, though it had been widely accepted-spelled one way or another-in the past. Redtenbacher (1908), Froggatt (1912), who (pp. 326 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

28-29) called the species "Graeffer (sic) (Lopaphus) coccophagus (sic)," Zacher (1913) and Gunther (1932) did not mention crouanii. Although crouanii takes precedence, a comment should be made on the spelling of cocophaga. Westwood (1859: 99) indicated that the species was ini­ tially named "Aplopus Coccophagus G.R. Gray, MSS.", which was apparently misprinted A/opus cocophages" when published by Newport (1844). Westwood (1859) emended the published specific name to "Coccophagus," but he placed the species in the genus Lopaphus. While there were undoubted misprints in New­ port's versions of both generic and specific names-which should have been "Aplopus" and "cocophagus" respectively-Westwood's emendation was only partly acceptable. The "restoration" of the double "c" in the specific name was un­ warranted (even if Gray really wrote the name thus) because it alluded to the in­ sect's known habit of being, in Newport's (1844: 288) words, "destructive to young buds of cocoa(sic)-nut trees" (Cocos nucifera Linnaeus). There was never a sug­ gestion that the stick-insect ate scale insects (cocci)! Some authors have, indeed, favoured the use of a single "c". Whether or not they did so consciously is uncer­ tain, except in the case of Rehn (1904: 85), who deliberately reverted to "co­ cophages". The terminal "-es" does not, however, conform with the present re­ quirements of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Bruner (1915: 234), also, purported to give Newport's original spelling, but spuriously used the double "c"! From the South Sea Islands generally, Schmeltz & Pohl (1877: 20) and Pohl (1884: 48) listed Graffea purpuripennis Br[unner von Wattenwyl, 1868], the ear­ lier list misspelling the specific name as ''purpuripenuis"; G. purpuripennis, ac­ cording to W.F. Kirby (1904: 306), being a synonym of Graeffea crouanii. Gill (1885: 158-161, 203) gave an early, brief account of the biology of, and damage caused to coconut palms by, this species under the name of Lopaphus coccopha­ gus, the Phasma, or "cocoa(sic)-eating lopaphus" (p. 159, fig. [12]); he also men­ tioned certain aspects of folklore attached to it, as noted above in the introduction to the Order. His accounts were mainly for the Cook Islands (Hervey Group), not for Micronesia, but he indicated that the species was common "throughout the Pa­ cific." Froggatt (1912: 28-29), calling the insect "Graeffer (sic) (Lopaphus) coc­ cophagus" and quoting Gill (1885, above), also gave a wide distribution in the Pa­ cific, mentioning the Caroline Islands. Zacher (1912: 489-491, incl. figs 11, 12; 1913: 110-114), who referred to the species as "Graeffea cocophaga," citing both Gill (1885) and Froggatt (1912), also mentioned the species as being injurious to coconut palms in the South Sea Islands generally, but he did not mention Microne­ sia. Bruner (1915: 234), gave the distribution of "G. coccophaga" (sic) as "entire Oceanica (sic) and adjoining islands," in which Micronesia would have been in­ cluded by implication. Carl (1915: 175) specified Micronesia (in general terms). Simmonds' (1925) account of the pests of coconut palms in the "southern Pacific" mentioned Graeffea coccophaga (sic), but no nearer to Micronesia than "Wallis Is­ land, Futuna, and the adjacent groups"; his later work (Simmonds 1938) was simi-

ring only to the eastern Caroline Islands proper): Redtenbacher (1908: 371; also as as also 371; (1908: Redtenbacher proper): Islands Caroline eastern the to only ring

N. 134°31'00" E. 19-26 February 1987. Captured in forest. (Otte, Alexander, Alexander, (Otte, forest. in Captured 1987. February 19-26 E. 134°31'00" N.

possibly belongs to to belongs possibly

Flinn)" Flinn)"

part); Gressitt (1954: 178). 178). (1954: Gressitt part);

Is'l's. Palau Group. Babelthuap [=Babeldaob] on on [=Babeldaob] Babelthuap Group. Palau Is'l's.

wise indicated. indicated. wise

is, however, a nymph in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, which which Philadelphia, of Sciences Natural of Academy the in nymph a however, is, tions below, the form used was (incorrectly) (incorrectly) was used form the below, tions

Nakata (1961-as "1962"!), who had done so. Stelzer's (1970) paper on insectici­ on paper (1970) Stelzer's so. done had who "1962"!), (1961-as Nakata

names have been variously spelled ( or misspelled) by different authors. In the cita­ the In authors. different by ( spelled misspelled) or variously been have names

localities (see below). below). (see localities

lands or groups, but they cited Dumbleton (1954) who listed Micronesian Micronesian listed who (1954) Dumbleton cited they but groups, or lands

ou pls n h Suh aii rgo, wtot oe pcfc eeec t is­ to reference specific more without region," Pacific South the in palms conut

effea crouani [sic]), [sic]), crouani effea

the Samoas ( and is thus of no concern here), but this is not apparent from his title. title. his from apparent not is this but here), concern no of ( thus is Samoas and the

dal control measures against against measures control dal

bly only the Caroline Islands were involved. These references are: United Nations Nations United are: references These involved. were Islands Caroline the only bly

name for "G. "G. for name

211). Lever (1969: 27, 28) referred to to referred 28) 27, (1969: Lever 211).

priority. priority.

probably a synonym of of synonym a probably cific islands, but made no specific reference to Micronesia, even though he cited cited he though even Micronesia, to reference specific no made but islands, cific

the Pacific Islands, which could include almost any group or island ( ( Guam) island or except group any almost include could which Islands, Pacific the Smith Smith

(1961: 1; 1962: 164), Johnston (1965: 4) and Kurian Kurian and 4) (1965: Johnston 164), 1962: 1; (1961: both Gill (1885, above), at some length, and Zacher (1913, above). Lepesme Lepesme above). (1913, Zacher and length, some at above), (1885, Gill both

rmteLn Ilns otePlu sad, huh i h rsn isac, proba­ instance, present the in though, Islands, Palau the to Islands Line the from

or as as or

"Graejfea coccophaga" (sic) (sic) coccophaga" "Graejfea

Caroline Islands generally. He also observed (p. 140) that that 140) (p. observed also He generally. Islands Caroline

(1947: 138) gave a wide Pacific range for this coconut-palm pest, including the the including pest, coconut-palm this for range Pacific wide a gave 138) (1947:

cally mentioned in this regard. Gunther (1932: 777, as as 777, (1932: Gunther regard. this in mentioned cally

cophaga" (sic); (sic); cophaga" Caroline Islands elsewhere, as noted below. Esaki (1943: 840, 841) discussed discussed 841) 840, (1943: Esaki below. noted as elsewhere, Islands Caroline

species (which did serious damage to coconut plantations), though he specified the the specified he though plantations), coconut to damage serious did (which species

lar. Hopkins (1927: 23) implied a Micronesia distribution for for distribution Micronesia a implied 23) (1927: Hopkins lar.

South Sea Islands or Oceania only in general terms as the distribution of the the of distribution the as terms general in only Oceania or Islands Sea South

827, as as 827,

CAROLINE (GENERAL, presumably not including Palau Islands and refer­ and Islands Palau including not presumably (GENERAL, CAROLINE

Palau: ? Townes (1946: 31, as "other coconut-feeding walking sticks," in in sticks," walking coconut-feeding "other as 31, (1946: Townes ? Palau:

The occurrence of this species in the Palau Islands needs confirmation. There There confirmation. needs Islands Palau the in species this of occurrence The

It will be noted from the foregoing remarks that the generic and both specific specific both and generic the that remarks foregoing the from noted be will It

A number ofreferences have listed the species as as species the listed have ofreferences number A

"Graeffia "Graeffia

et al. al. et

Graejfea Graejfea

(1979), in dealing with the defensive secretion of the species (as (as species the of secretion defensive the with dealing in (1979),

cocophagus" (sic); (sic); cocophagus"

crouani'' (sic), (sic), crouani''

h uau(lie ilns ee lo mle, huh o specifi­ not though implied, also were islands (Ellice) Tuvalu the

only; 1938: 271 incl. fig. 284, as G. G. as 284, fig. incl. 271 1938: only;

using Fijian material, stated that it is "a widespread pest of co­ of pest widespread "a is it that stated material, Fijian using

G. G.

crouanii. crouanii.

Kevan Kevan

G. G.

coccophaga (sic), (sic), coccophaga

& &

Graeffea crouanii crouanii Graeffea

as a Micronesian coconut pest; he cited (in Japanese) Japanese) (in cited he pest; coconut Micronesian a as

Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial Vickery:

or as both, for the United States Trust Territory of of Territory Trust States United the for both, as or

emnind t iedsrbto aogte Pa­ the among distribution wide its mentioned he

It has the following data: "Micronesia. Caroline Caroline "Micronesia. data: following the has It

"Graeffea crouani'' (sic) (sic) crouani'' "Graeffea

in which case the former name has has name former the case which in

Graejfea coccophaga coccophaga Graejfea

( (

correctly spelled!) related only to to only related spelled!) correctly

W. W.

side, near Aimeliik, 7°26'30" 7°26'30" Aimeliik, near side,

"Graeffia cocophaga" (sic) (sic) cocophaga" "Graeffia

Graejfea coccophaga; coccophaga; Graejfea

coccophaga) coccophaga)

et al. al. et

"Graejfea Crouani'' Crouani'' "Graejfea

(1979a: 46; 1979b: 1979b: 46; (1979a:

as being the correct correct the being as

Gafi coc­ "Graeffia

nes other­ unless

also gave the the gave also

Gra­

802, 802,

327 327 is is

. .

in in

G

M M

only; only;

G. G. co­

Graeffea Graeffea

United United Na­

G. G. crouanii)

G. G. crouanii).

Graeffea Graeffea

Townes Townes (1946:

Graeffia Graeffia crouani;

C. C. Willemse (1951:

Graeffia Graeffia crouani;

possibly possibly this species

given given probable as se­

to to be distinct from

Nakata Nakata (1961: as 113,

last last 2 pp. also as

G. crouani crouani G. [sic]).

Chuuk:? Chuuk:?

and and

Gunther). Gunther).

Zacher Zacher (1912: 489-491,

Graeffea Graeffea crouani).]

Paine Paine (1968: 569, as

batesi) batesi)

Graeffia; Graeffia;

Crouani'' Crouani''

Kirby, Kirby, 1896)

(as (as

Paine Paine (1968: 569, as

(1932: (1932: 790; also 795 as

Graeffia Graeffia crouani [sic]);

G. G. cocophaga);

? ? Oakley (1953: 180, as

batesii batesii

only); only); Paine (1968: 569, as

ofW.F. Kirby Kirby ofW.F. (1896: 471). The type that of

Graeffea Graeffea crouani;

M. M. batesii

Gunther Gunther

M M

Swaine Swaine (1969: 75, as

Graeffia Graeffia crouani [sic]);

Graeffia Graeffia cocophaga

Manser Manser (1974: 4, as

sp. sp. (?

Yap Yap Gp.

batesii batesii

Oakley Oakley (1953: as above).

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Graeffea Graeffea

Esaki Esaki (1940b: 409; 1943: 840, 841, incl. fig. 36

Graeffea Graeffea crouani).

Acanthograeffea Acanthograeffea modesta

Banaba Banaba (Ocean):

M M

and and

and and

crouanii); crouanii);

Kaup, Kaup, 1871, is still in need of further revision (Hsiung,

Graeffia Graeffia crouani). Abemama:

Stoll', Stoll', 1813); Holdhaus (1908: 545 [sep. p. 9]); Froggatt

Ulithi Ulithi

Pohnpei: Pohnpei:

G. G. cocophagus);

Hall Hall Gp.?

in in

Megacrania Megacrania

Nauru Nauru

1955). It is clear, however, that Nakata Nakata that It however, is was 1955). (1961) that clear, convinced

Graeffer Graeffer [sic] (Lopaphus) coccophaga);

(1933) (1933) did not consider

Megacrania Megacrania

Manser Manser (1974: 4, as

all but p. 4 jointly jointly but p. 4 all with Ellice Islands). [Tuvalu] Kurian al. et (1979a: 24;

Houttuyn Houttuyn

only; only; as 117, G.

(Gunther (Gunther

(Westwood, 1859), but neither did he formally synonymize the two until a lit­ until a two the synonymize formally he did neither but 1859), (Westwood,

Graeffia Graeffia crouani); Niutao:

Gunther Gunther

[OCEAN [OCEAN GP

[TUVALU: United United [TUVALU: Nations (1961: l; 1962: both 164; as for Kiribati Islands,

KIRIBATI: Dumbleton Dumbleton KIRIBATI: (1954: 68, as 104,

E. E. CAROLINE

C. C. CAROLINE

W. CAROLINE CAROLINE W.

1991 ), ), but only a single 1991 species appears to occur in Micronesia. This is probably,

was also of the opinion that what he presumed to be the two species were different (the (the different were species two the be to presumed he what that opinion the of also was

History) [now also called The Natural History Museum], London. Yasumatsu (1942) (1942) Yasumatsu Natural The History called London. Museum], also History) [now

ern ern region. Pacific for Kevan has compared the types of both, which are in the British Museum Museum the (Natural British in are types both, of the which has compared for Kevan

1979b: 1979b: 121; both as

cated to varying varying cated to degrees. The species appears be widely to distributed the in south­

species species is from the Solomon Islands though various other islands were also impli­ tle tle later

alpheus alpheus

this was incorrect. With this latter opinion (that the two species are distinct) we concur, concur, we distinct) are species two the (that opinion latter this With incorrect. was this

The The genus

above); Johnston Johnston above); (1965: 4, last); as Paine (1968: 489; as for Ocean Group, above);

but but referable not certainly, to

both both as

Manser Manser (1974: for as Kiribati Islands, above); Kurian et al. (1979a: 7; 1979b: 113;

as as last); Manser (1974: iii, 4, 7, 23, as

[damage]): [damage]): ? Townes (1946: 31, as "other coconut-feeding walking sticks," in conjunction conjunction with Ellice Islands); [Tuvalu] Johnston (1965: 4, as

crouanii); crouanii);

cophaga; cophaga;

mentioned mentioned that the species not is yet known from these islands.]

Graeffea Graeffea

31, 31, as "other coconut-feeding walking sticks," part);? in Oakley (1953: as above).

or or last); Nakata (1961: as 114,

could could possibly refer instead to

tions tions (1961: 1; 1962: 164; both as

G. G. rosae 356); 356); Dumbleton (1954: 68, as 102,

only); only); Seurat (1934: 48); Lepesme (1947: "G. 138; part); part); Oakley (1953: 180); Gressitt (1954: 178, as

(1912: (1912: 28, as

incl. incl. figs 11, 12, as

nior nior synonym, p. 140); Bryan (1948: 12, as 328 328 Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 329 forms of the eggs confirmed this). His "M alpheus," however, was from Taiwan and, in fact, referable to M tsudai Shiraki, 1933, a good species in its own right and not a synonym of M alpheus as some authors have considered it to be. This is discussed by Hsiung (1991), who distinguishes between several species of the genus. Westwood (1859) described M alpheus from both "Ceylon" and the Philip­ pine Islands. Gunther (1933) questioned the veracity of the former locality, and he was surely correct to do so, though one of the type specimens indeed bears a round label inscribed "Ceylon". I believe that this specimen is mislabeled. It is probable that it, too, came from the Philippine Islands. The syntype labeled as being from the latter is here designated as lectotype. While it is just possible that M alpheus might occur in the Palau Islands, the species found on other island groups is certainly not this. Nakata (1961: 117), who recognized M alpheus as occurring elsewhere, accepted M batesii ( as did other authors) as the name to be used for all Megacrania populations from Micronesia (including those from the Palau Islands). At present, no purpose would be served by disagreeing with this verdict. Although Gunther was, for the most part, more specific regarding the Mi­ cronesian distribution of what he wrongly called M. alpheus, he gave this, on one occasion (Gunther 1932: 802), in general terms only. As M batesi, Esaki (1940c: 1; 1941 : 1) also gave the distribution as Micronesia only, as did Nakata ( 1961 : 110), though she was more specific elsewhere in the same paper. Owen (1971: 1) recorded the species (again as M batesi) from the United States Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, which could have meant almost any group or island ( except Guam) from the Line Islands to the Palau Islands, though he probably referred here more particularly to the Palau, Caroline and Marshall Islands. Kevan (1990: 114) mentioned the species (once more as M batesi) for Micronesia generally, without reference to specific islands or groups. In the citations below, the name of the species is given, unless otherwise indi­ cated, as Megacrania batesi, with a single terminal "i''. Palau: ? Schmeltz & Pohl (1877: 20, as "Platycrania rugosa Br[unner von Wattenwyl]," nomen nudum); Redtenbacher (1908: 369); Carl (1915: 193); Gun­ ther (1932: 790, 827; also 795 as Megacrania only); C. Willemse (1951: 328,356, as M alpheus); Nakata (1961: 114, as Megacrania only;? also 113 as "large walk­ ingsticks ... still unidentified"); Key (1974: 49). Angaur: Esaki (1940c: 1; 1941: 2); Yasumatsu (1942: 12, fig. 16 [egg]); Nakata (1961: 113). Koror: ? five small nymphs in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, labelled as follows: "Micronesia. Caroline Isl 's. Palau Group. Koror. 2 miles N. of Airport, ca. 7°23' N. 134°32' E.19-26 Feb. 1986 [sic for 1987]. In forest. (Otte, Alexander, Flinn)". CAROLINE (GENERAL): Gunther (1932: 827; also 795 as Megacrania only; may have included Palau Islands); Gressitt (1954: 184, as "large stick in­ sects," in part; 1956b: 15, as "moderately large stick insects," in part); Nakata (1961: 113 as a "widely distributed species of Megacrania," 117, as M. batesi batesi, as distinct from M. b. speiseri Carl, 1915, from the New Hebrides [Vanu­ atu]; latter could be a good species). 330 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

S.E. CAROLINE Kapingamarangi:? Niering (1963: 155, as "a large species of Phasm[ at ]idae"). E. CAROLINE Kosrae: Gressitt (1954: 184); Nakata (1961: 114;? also 113 as "large walkingsticks ... still unidentified"). Pohnpei: Redtenbacher (1908: 369); Gunther (1932: 790); C. Willemse (1951: 356, asM alpheus). MARSHALL (GENERAL): Gressitt (1954: 184; 1956b: 15, as "moderately large stick insects," in part); Nakata (1961: 115; also 117, as M batesi batesi, see under Caroline Islands, above); Samuelson & Nishida (1987: 160; noted that the species was not yet known from Enewetak Atoll). MARSHALL (RALIK.) Ebon: Gressitt (1954: 184); Nakata (1961: 113).

Platycrana viridana (Olivier, 1792) Syn.: Mantis gigas [nee Linnaeus, 1758]; Houttuyn, 1766 MantisJamaicensis [nee Drury, 1773]; Stoll', 1787 (name unavailable) Mantis viridana Olivier, 1792 Phasma edule Lichtenstein, 1796, 1802 Mantis viridis Donovan, 1800 Phasmajamaicensis Houttuyn in Stoll', 1813 Phasma grandis Thunberg, 1815 Cyphocrana viridana; Audinet-Serville, 1831 Platycrana viridana; G.R. Gray, 1835; Audinet-Serville, 1838 Cyphocrania viridana; Burmeister, 1838 Phasma (Cyphocrania) viridanum; Haan, 1842 Platycrania edulis Westwood, 1859 Platycrania Viridana; W.F.Kirby, 1904 Platycrania edulis; Redtenbacher in Brunner von Wattenwyl & Redten­ bacher, 1908, etc. The above rather extensive (though by no means full) synonymy is given here because of the inconsistencies over the years regarding the name of this species, currently placed in the genus Platycrana of G.R. Gray (1835: 36). At the generic level, Westwood's (1859: 112) emendation to Platycrania has been used, but this is not acceptable according to the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, as there is no evidence of a lapsus calami or typographical error in the original. Thus Platycrana, not Platycrania must be used. Regarding the specific name, there has been great confusion, which seems never to have been discussed-and which the first author may yet not have com­ pletely overcome. The earliest name of the species would appear to have been Mantis gigas Houttuyn, 1766, but, if this was not a misidentification of Gryllus (Mantis) gigas Linnaeus, 1758, it is an homonym. On either count, therefore, gigas is not available. The next relevant name would appear to have been Mantis jamaicensis of Stoll' ( 1787: 18, pl. VI, figs 20 [ ~] and 21 [ o]), but the name is un­ available as of that author and date because (a) this was a misidentification of Mantis jamaicensis Drury, 1773, to whom Stoll' referred, and (b) the author did Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 331 not consistently use Latin binominal nomenclature. Indeed, this is one of the few examples of his having done so. Most of the names generally attributed to Stoll' (including Phasma jamaicana) were, in fact, published by Houttuyn in 1813 as ed­ itor of a posthumous edition of Stoll 's work (less than half of which appeared in the latter's lifetime). The earliest valid name for the species would seem to be Mantis viridana Olivier, 1792, which has been accepted by some authors, most influentially by G.R. Gray (1835: 36) and W.F. Kirby (1904: 385), but not by others. Notable among the latter were Westwood (1859: 112) and Redtenbacher in Brunner von Wattenwyl & Redtenbacher (1808: 369), who used Platycrania edulis (Lichten­ stein, 1796/1802). Westwood (1859) chose to use the name edulis, rather thanja­ maicensis, for stated reasons that are no longer acceptable under the provisions of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Why he rejected viridana Olivier, which has priority, and which he actually cited as a synonym, he did not say. Half a century later, Redtenbacher ( 1908) accepted Westwood's choice uncrit­ ically, repeating the synonymy given by Westwood and adding other erroneous ref­ erences to the list, which, if correct and properly applied, would give precedence to a Linnaean name! It is interesting to note that, Gunther, a modem, leading authority on the clas­ sification of Phasmatodea, at one time (Gunther 1928: 624) used the earlier name, as Platycrana viridana (Olivier, 1792), and gave edulis (Lichtenstein, 1802 [sic]) as a junior synonym-which would appear to have been correct, though he re­ ferred uncritically to Redtenbacher (Zoe.cit.) for further synonymy. Gunther gave no explanation as to why gigas and jamaicensis, both senior to viridana, had been passed over-though the reasons are given above. The same author later (Gunther, 1934: 79; and subsequently) reverted; without explanation or indication of syn­ onymy, to Platycrana edulis. It seems that this name has been generally accepted subsequently, though references to the species in the literature are few. While Lichtenstein (1796: 77; 1802: 13, 14) based his Phasma edule on the illustrations by Stoll' (1787: pl. VI, fig. 20, 21) of what the latter (Stoll', op. cit. 18) had incorrectly called Mantis Jamaicensis Drury, he also referred to Houttuyn's (1766: 136[-138], pl. LXXXIX, fig. 1) invalid Mantis grandis. That the latter be­ longed to the same species is borne out by the fact that Lichtenstein (1802: 14) cited Valentinus ( or Valentini, 1704) from Houttuyn (op. cit. 138) as stating that the species was eaten as food by Malays. Houttuyn says "[Oost-]Indiaanan" and spells the author's name as Valentyn, noting, too, that legs and wings are removed first. Westwood (1859: 112) and Redtenbacher in Brunner von Wattenwyl & Redtenbacher (1908: 369) both noted this also. Should P. viridana (Olivier) prove, after all, to differ taxonomically from P. edulis (Lichtenstein), an additional problem of nomenclature would arise, because there is an unresolved controversy concerning the validity of Lichtenstein's (1796) names. Between these and his definitive paper (Lichtenstein 1802) there inter­ venes Mantis viridis Donovan, 1800, which would take precedence if Lichten­ stein's earlier date were not accepted! The matter needs to be settled by the Inter- 332 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. Lichtenstein's (1796) publica­ tion was, to all intents and purposes, little more than a catalogue and it contained a large number of nomina nuda, but many of the names published therein, although not-accompanied by formal descriptions, were, as in the present case, associated with previously published descriptions and illustrations. Thus, since the publica­ tion consistently used binominal Latin nomenclature throughout, such names are frequently accepted by various authors as being valid for different groups of in­ sects. There has, however, been little uniformity of treatment. Some authors have ignored the catalogue in question and have recognized only those names that have been published later, whether or not they were proposed by Lichtenstein. In the present case, Lichtenstein ( 1802) himself later published the formal descriptions, so that some authors have accepted the later, but not the earlier, date. Here the non­ acceptance of the 1796 publication would invalidate P. edulis (Lichtenstein) in favour of the unusedP. viridis (Drury), so that it is clearly preferable to accept such of Lichtenstein's 1796 names as are not nomina nuda. So long as edulis is consid­ ered to be a junior synonym of viridana, the problem is purely academic, but it draws attention to wider issues that require attention. Platycrana viridana ( or edulis !) is so far unknown from Micronesia, but it is just possible that its range might extend to the Palau Islands-which is the justifi­ cation for the lengthy discussion above. It is known from the Talaud Islands. TALAUD: Gunther (1934: 79, as P. edulis).

Subfam. PHASMATINAE Diagoras ephialtes Stal, 1877 Syn.: Eustygea godeffroyi Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1907 Palau?: Schmeltz & Pohl (1877: 20, as "Phybalosomo [sic, for Phibalosoma] Kubaryi Br[unner von Wattenwyl], nomen nudum]); Stal (1877: LXVI; type local­ ity); WF. Kirby (1904: 361); Brunner von Wattenwyl (1907: 186, pl. VII, fig. 2, as Eustygea Godeffroyi; type locality); Redtenbacher (1908: 444); Bruner (1915: 237; listed as a Philippine insect, but from "? Palau = Insel," perhaps confusing Palawan [Philippines] with Palau or Peleu = Palau Islands); Gunther (1932: 756, 761, 791, 827; also 796 as Diagoras only; 756 synonymized Eustygea godejfroyi with D. ephialtes); Esaki (1940c: 1; 1941: 1); Bryan (1948: 28); C. Willemse (1951: 356); Nakata (1961: 113; noted as endemic to Micronesia; 114, as Diago­ ras only).

Hermarchus godeffroyi Redtenbacher, 1908 CAROLINE (GENERAL): Carl (1915: 175, as Hermarchus only, in part); Gun­ ther (1932: 828; also 796 as Hermarchus only); Nakata (1961: 116). E. CAROLINE Pohnpei: Redtenbacher (1908: 447, 448, as H Godeffroyi; type locality); Gunther (1932: 791; also 802 as Hermarchus only); C. Willemse (1951: 356); Nakata (1961: 113; also 114 as Hermarchus only).

with one of his his of one with

ius ius

edarius); edarius);

Museum], London, came from the Philippines. Philippines. the from came London, Museum],

specimen was doubtless mislabelled. It is more probable that the type of of type the that probable more is It mislabelled. doubtless was specimen

lands. lands.

below under Peleliu]; Nakata (1961: 113; also 114, 114, as 113; also (1961: Nakata Peleliu]; under below

rocopus rocopus

in the British Museum (Natural History) [now also known as The Natural History History Natural as The known also [now History) (Natural Museum British the in

only); C only); AA:Rdebce (96 4, l I i. ) rnr 11: 7 "ee Is."­ "Pelew 27; (1915: Bruner 7); fig. I, pl. 46, (1906: Redtenbacher PALAU:

356, 361, pl. IX, fig. fig. 2). IX, pl. 361, 356,

Syn.: Syn.:

oo,2 ie N o ipr. a 72' . 3°2 E 134°32' N. 7°23' ca. Airport. of N. miles 2 Koror,

of Philadelphia, with the following data: "Micronesia. Caroline Isl Isl Group, Caroline 's. Palau "Micronesia. data: following the with Philadelphia, of

(1932: 763, 786); C. Willemse (1951: 356); Nakata (1961: 113; also 114 114 as also 113; (1961: Nakata 356); (1951: Willemse C. 786); 763, (1932: 415; reference also to Bruner 1915, above); C. Willemse (1951: 356; see also also see 356; (1951: Willemse C. above); 1915, Bruner to also reference 415;

given as if they were in the Philippines; ? confusion with Palawan, which is so); so); is which Palawan, with confusion ? Philippines; the in were they if as given

This species is not yet known from Micronesia. Micronesia. from known yet not is species This

Gunther Gunther

This species is not yet known from Micronesia. Micronesia. from known yet is not species This

1987]. In forest. (Otte, Alexander, Flinn)". Flinn)". Alexander, (Otte, forest. In 1987].

o, o,

last-instar nymph and 1 very young nymph in the Academy of Natural Sciences Sciences of Natural in the Academy 1 nymph young very and nymph last-instar

synonymized). synonymized).

Westwood (1859) described his his described (1859) Westwood

TALAUD: Redtenbacher (1906: 37, 38; also 38, pl. I, fig. 2, 3a, b, as as b, 3a, I, fig. 2, 38, pl. also 38; 37, (1906: TALAUD: Redtenbacher

This species is not yet known from Micronesia, but it occurs on the Talaud Is­ Talaud on the occurs it but Micronesia, from known yet is not species This

E. CAROLINE CAROLINE E.

CAROLINE (GENERAL): (GENERAL): CAROLINE

TALAUD: TALAUD:

TALAUD: TALAUD:

Theramenes dromedarius dromedarius Theramenes

. .

only). only).

(1932: 786, 827; also 793 as as 793 also 827; 786, (1932:

Willemse (1951: as above; as E. and and E. as above; as (1951: Willemse

Bruner (1915: 228, under both names); Gunther (1934: 75; 75; (1934: Gunther names); both under 228, (1915: Bruner

Megacrania alpheus alpheus Megacrania

Gunther Gunther

Gunther Gunther

Heterocopus leprosus leprosus Heterocopus

Theramenes olivaceus olivaceus Theramenes

Pohnpei

Phryganistria plateni plateni Phryganistria

Datames oilens oilens Datames

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

(1934: 76). 76). (1934:

(1934: 77, 78, fig. 1, 2, 94, fig. 5). 5). fig. 1, 94, 2, fig. 78, 77, (1934:

Superfam. Superfam.

Subfam. Subfam.

: :

Fam. BACILLIDAE BACILLIDAE Fam.

Redtenbacher (1906: 46, pl. I, fig. 7); 7); fig. I, pl. 46, (1906: Redtenbacher

Stal, Stal,

Gunther Gunther

syntypes (see under under (see syntypes

Eurycantha olivacea olivacea Eurycantha

1877 1877

BACILLOIDEA BACILLOIDEA

OBRIMINAE OBRIMINAE

Heterocopus Heterocopus

(Westwood, 1859) 1859) (Westwood,

Redtenbacher, 1906 1906 Redtenbacher,

(1932: 827; also 793 as as 793 also 827; (1932:

Peleliu: Peleliu:

(Westwood, 1859) 1859) (Westwood,

W. W.

Dohrn, 1910 1910 Dohrn,

Caroline Islands). Islands). Caroline

C. Willemse (1951: 328, 331, 331, 328, (1951: Willemse C.

only); Rehn & Rehn [(1938: [(1938: Rehn & Rehn only);

Heterocopus Heterocopus

. .

19-26 Feb 1986 1986 Feb 19-26

M M

from "Ceylon," but, as as but, "Ceylon," from

? ?

batesii, batesii,

only). only).

T. T. dromedar­

Heterocopus Heterocopus

above), the the above),

olivacea, olivacea,

Koror: Koror:

T. T. drom­

Gunther Gunther

[sic, [sic,

Hete­

for for

333 333 1 1 334 Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Superfam. PHYLLIOIDEA Fam. PHYLLIIDAE Subfam.PHYLLIINAE Chitoniscus sp. (? C. brachysoma (Sharp, 1898))

As C. brachysoma was described (in the genus Phyllium Illiger, 1798) from the Loyalty Islands, and does not seem to have been recorded from anywhere between these and the Palau Islands, it seems improbable that what has been so named for the latter group belongs to the same species. A proper revision of the genus is nec­ essary. Esaki (1940c; 1941; see below) referred to C. brachysoma from Micronesia, noting that it produces a :flowery-smelling, milky secretion. The same name was used in the citations below, except where otherwise indicated. Palau: Redtenbacher (1906: 179); Carl (1915: 173); Gunther (1932: 786, 827; also 793 as Chitoniscus only); Esaki (1940b: 407, only as "Phasmidea-Phylli­ nae"; 1940c: 2; 1941: 3); C. Willemse (1951: 356); Nakata (1961: 113, as Chi­ toniscus sp.; also 115, 118 as Chitoniscus only). Babeldaob: Yasumatsu (1942: 12, fig. 17 [egg]). Peleliu: C. Willemse (1951: 328, as Chitoniscus sp. [juv.]).

References Anonymous, 1958. Insects and rodent survey, Loran Transmitting Station, Iwo Jima. Professional Reports, 406 Medical & Genetics Laboratory, 1958: 79-82. [Not seen in original.] Asahina, S. 1955. A tentative list of Japanese cockroaches (Blattaria). Japanese Journal of Medical Science & Biology 8: 199-205. Asahina, S. 1965. (Taxonomic notes of Japanese Blattaria, III. On the species of the genus Onychostylus Bolivar.) Eisei Dobutsu [Japanese Journal of Sanitary Zoology] 16: 6-15. [In Japanese; English summary.] Asahina, S. 1973a. Notes on some cockroach species of the genera Megamareta and Onychostylus (or Lupparia) from Pacific area. Eisei Dobutsu [Japanese Journal of Sanitary Zoology] 23: 195-200. Asahina, S. 1973b. (Taxonomic notes on Japanese Blattaria V. On three recently introduced Blattellid species.) Eisei Dobutsu [Japanese Journal of Sanitary Zoology] 24: 123-128. [In Japanese; English summary.] Asahina, S. 1982. (Blattaria Taken on Minami-Iwojima Island.) Conservation re­ ports of the Minami-Iwojima Wilderness Area. Nature Conservation Bureau, Environment Agency of Japan, Tokyo. 1982: 329-330. [In Japanese; English summary.] Asahina, S. 1985a. (Taxonomic notes on Japanese Blattaria, XIY. Descriptions of one new and four little-known species.) Cho-Cho, Miyamura 8 (1); 19-26. [In Japanese; English summary.] Asahina, S. 1985b. (Taxonomic notes on Japanese Blattaria, XV. A revision of three Blattellid species.) Cho-Cho, Miyamura 8 (5): 2-10. [In Japanese; Eng­ lish summary.] Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids 335

Bacchus, S. 1987. A taxonomic and biometric study of the genus Cryptotermes (Isoptera: Kalotermitidae). Tropical Pest Bulletin 7: i-vi, 1-91. Beasley, H.S. 1914. Ethnography: Pelew Islands. Inlaid bowl and stand from the Pelews. Man 14: 33-34. Beier, M. 1972. The Insects of Micronesia. Mantodea. Insects of Micronesia 5: 173-175. Beller, S. 1948. A Summary of the Insects and Flora of Guam. U.S. Department of Agriculture agricultural Research & advisory Services Bureau of Entomol­ ogy & Plant Quarantine, Division of foreign Plant Quarantine, Honolulu. 282 pp. (mimeo ). Bess, H.A. 1970. Termites of Hawaii and Oceanic Islands. In K. Krishna & F.M. Weesner (eds.), Biology of Termites 2: 449-476. Academic Press, New York. Borelli, A. 1928. Dermaptera. In, Insects of Samoa and other Samoan Terrestrial Arthropoda 1: 1-8. British Museum, (Natural History) London. Brindle, A. 1971. A review of the genus Nesogaster Verhoeff (Dermaptera, Labi­ idae ). Entomologist's Monthly Magazine 107: 114-126. Brindle, A. 1972. The Insects of Micronesia. Dermaptera. Insects of Micronesia 5: 99-171. Brindle, A. 1981. The types ofDermaptera described by Fabricius. Entomologist's Record 93: 14-16. Bruijning, C.F.A. 1947. An account of the Blattidae (Orthoptera) from Celebes, the Moluccas, and New Guinea. Zoologische Mededeelingen 27: 205-252. Bruijning, C.F.A. 1948. Studies on Malayan Blattidae. Zoologische Mededeelin­ gen 29: 1-174. Bruner, L. 1915. Preliminary catalogue of the orthopteroid insects of the Philip­ pine Islands. University Studies, Lincoln, Nebraska 15: 195-281. [Sep. 87 pp.]. Brunner von Wattenwyl, [K.] 1907. Tribus Clitumnini-Tribus Bacunculini. In K. Brunner von Wattenwyl & J. Redtenbacher. Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden, pp. 181-338, pl VII-XV. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig. Bryan, E.H. 1926a. Introduction. In E.H. Bryan et al. Insects of Hawaii, Johnston Island and Wake Island. Bulletin of B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 31 (Tan­ ager Expedition 3): 3-16. Bryan, E.H. 1926b. Orthoptera, Blattidae. In E.H. Bryan, et al. Insects of Hawaii, Johnston Island and Wake Island. Bulletin of B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 31 (Tanager Expedition 3): 89. Bryan, E.H. 1934. The contribution of Bishop Museum to Polynesian biogeogra­ phy. Memoires de la Societe de Biogeographie 4: 281-288. Bryan, E.H. 1948. Bibliography of Micronesian Entomology compiled for the Pa­ cific Science Board of the National Research Council [U.S.A.], July, 1948. B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. 43 pp. (mimeo ). Bryan, E.E. (ed.) 1949. Economic Insects of Micronesia: Report of the Insect Con­ trol Committee for Micronesia 1947-1948. National Research Council, Washington, D.C. 29 pp. 336 Micronesica30(2), 1997

Burr, M. 1908. Catalogue des Forficules des collections du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris. (Troisieme partie et fin). Bulletin du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris 14: 115-122. Burr, M. 1909. Dermaptera. In Resultats de l' expedition scientifique neerlandaise a la Nouvelle-Guinee en 1907 sous les auspices du Dr. H.A. Lorentz. Nova Guinea 9 [Zoologie] (1): 15-17. Burr, M. 1912. Uber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus dem Konigl. Zoologische Museum Berlin. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft fiir natiir­ forschender Freunde zu Berlin 1912: 311-330. Carl, J. 1915. Phasmiden von Neu-Caledonien und den Loyalty-Inseln. [Mit An­ hang.] In F. Sarasin & J. Roux Nova Caledonia (Zoologie) 2: 173-194. Caudell, A.N. 1932. Insects of the Order Orthoptera of the Pinchot Expedition of 1929. Proceedings of United States National Museum 80 (21): 1-7. Cheesman, L.E. 1927. A contribution towards the insect fauna of French Oceania Part I. Orthoptera. Transactions of Entomological Society of London 75: 147-161, pl. XIV-XVI. Cheesman, L.E. 1928. A Contribution towards the insect fauna of French Ocea­ nia.-Part II. Annals & Magazine of Natural History (10) 1: 169-194. Cheesman, L.E. 1934. The insect fauna of French Polynesia. Memoires de la So­ ciete de Biogeographie 4: 191-200. Chopard, L. 1929. Orthoptera. In, Insects of Samoa and other Samoan Terrestrial Arthropods 1: 9-58. British Museum (Natural History), London. Chopard, L. 1930. On a small collection of Blattidae and Gryllidae from Tahiti. Annals & Magazine of Natural History (10) 6: 381-382. Chopard, L. 1931. Peuplement des Archipels Polynesiens. Les Insectes Orthop­ teres. Compte rendu de la Societe de Biogeographie 6: 34-38. Chopard, L. 1938. Le Biologie des Orthopteres. Encyclopedie entomologique (A) 20. Paul Lechevalier, Paris. [IV] + 541 pp., [I] + 4 pl. Clagg, [C.F.] 1958. Termites from the western Pacific islands. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society 16: 338-339. Cochran, D.G. 1982. [Reports of the Vector Biology and Control Division of the World Health Organization] V. Cockroaches-biology and control. [2nd re­ vised edition]. United Nations World Health Organization Document WHONBC/82.856: 1-53. Cochran, D.G., J.M. Grayson & A.B. Gurney. 1975. [Reports of the Vector Biology and Control Division of the World Health Organization] V. Cockroaches­ biology and control [1st revised edition.] United Nations World Health Orga­ nization Document WHONBC/75.576 (revised): 1-48. Cole, A.C. 1951. Insects from Bikini Atoll, Marshall Islands. Journal of Tennessee Academy of Sciences 22: 246-248. Degener, 0. & I. Degener. 1974. Flotsam and jetsam of Canton Atoll, South Pa­ cific. Phytologia 28: 405-418. Dumbleton, L.J. 1954. A list of insect pests recorded in South Pacific territories/ Une liste des insectes parasites signales dans les territoires du Pacifique Sud.

Furukawa, H. 1948. Umi be no Suguhanerui. [Sea shore's straightwings ( ( straightwings shore's [Sea Suguhanerui. no be Umi 1948. H. Furukawa,

Gathercole, Gathercole,

Furukawa, H. 1930. (Orthopteroid[s] of Bonin Islands.) Bulletin ofBiogeographi­ Bulletin Islands.) Bonin of (Orthopteroid[s] 1930. H. Furukawa,

Fullaway, D.T. D.T. Fullaway,

Froggatt, WW 1912. Pests and diseases of the coconut palm. Scientific Bulletin of of Bulletin Scientific palm. coconut of the diseases 1912. and Pests WW Froggatt,

rgat W 11.Teetmlgcl an o ar Iln,o h Oen ls­ Ocean the of Island, Nauru of fauna entomological The 1910. WW. Froggatt,

Eschscholtz, J.F. 1822. Entomographien. Erste Lieferung [all published]. G. G. published]. [all Lieferung Erste Entomographien. 1822. J.F. Eschscholtz,

Fabricius, J.C. 1775. Systema entomologica sistens Insectorum classes, ordines, ordines, classes, Insectorum sistens entomologica Systema 1775. J.C. Fabricius,

Esaki, T., E.H. Bryan Bryan T., E.H. Esaki,

Esaki, T. 1943. Nai Minami Umi no gai gai no Umi 1943. Minami T. Esaki, Nai

Esaki, Esaki,

Esaki, T. 1940b. A preliminary report on the entomological survey of the Microne­ the of survey entomological the on report 1940b. T. Esaki, A preliminary

Esaki, Esaki,

Esaki, T. 1930. Uebersicht Uebersicht 1930. T. Esaki,

Ernst, E., R.L. Araujo & Tropical Development Research Institute. 1986. 1986. Bibli­ A Institute. Research Development & Tropical Araujo R.L. E., Ernst,

Ehrhorn, [E.M.] 1939. Caroline and Marshall Island insects. Proceedings of of Proceedings insects. Island Marshall and Caroline 1939. [E.M.] Ehrhorn,

National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. 366 pp. pp. 366 D.C. Washington, of Art, Gallery National

thopteroids ).] Shin Shin thopteroids ).]

cal Society of Japan 1: 227-237. [Mostly in Japanese.] Japanese.] in [Mostly 1: 227-237. Japan of Society cal

the Department of Agriculture of New South Wales 2: 1-32 [incl. pl. I-VI]. I-VI]. pl. [incl. 1-32 2: Wales South New of Agriculture of Department the

407-410. 407-410.

lishing Co., Honolulu. 228 pp., XII pl. pl. XII pp., 228 Honolulu. Co., lishing

Korte, Flensburgi & Lipsiae [ [ Lipsiae & Flensburgi Korte,

genera, species, adjectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus, observationibus. observationibus. descriptionibus, locis, synonymis, adjectis species, genera, land group. Proceedings of Linnean Society of New South Wales 35: 35: Wales South New of Society Linnean of Proceedings group. land

Reimer, Berlin. 128 128 Berlin. Reimer,

Dubutsu [Botany [Botany Dubutsu

Insects of Micronesia 2: i-iv, 1-68. 1-68. i-iv, 2: Micronesia of Insects

fauna (or Fauna of injurious insects of Micronesia).] Shokobutsu oyidi oyidi Shokobutsu Micronesia).] of insects injurious of Fauna (or fauna

ca' Iscs]Trkzk otua Io Trkzk noooia Mu­ entomological [Tarakazuka Ito Kontyukan Tarakazuka Insects.] Ocean's

Berkeley, California 4: 407-415. 407-415. 4: California Berkeley,

seum Bulletin] 1: 1-3 and 1941 revised edition: 1-10. 1-10. edition: 1941 revised and 1-3 1: Bulletin] seum

of economic importance. Proceedings of the 6th Pacific Science Congress, Congress, Science Pacific 6th the of Proceedings importance. economic of

unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der zoogeographischen Faunencharactere. Faunencharactere. zoogeographischen der Beriicksichtigung besonderer unter

Islands' injurious insect fauna and their control.] Shokobutsu oyobi Dobutsu Dobutsu oyobi Shokobutsu control.] their and fauna insect injurious Islands'

sian islands under the Japanese mandate, with special reference to the insects insects the to reference special with mandate, Japanese the under islands sian

Bulletin ofBiogeographical Society of Japan 1: 1: 200-226. Japan of Society ofBiogeographical Bulletin

[Botany & Zoology] 8: 274-280. 8: 274-280. Zoology] & [Botany

Hawaiian Entomological Society 10: 190-191. 190-191. 10: Society Entomological Hawaiian

ography ofTermite Literature 1966-1978. John Wiley Wiley John 1966-1978. Literature ofTermite ography

Documents technicales technicales Documents

+ + South Pacific Commission Technical Papers/ Commission de la Pacifique Sud Sud Pacifique la de Commission Papers/ Technical Commission Pacific South

1-202. 1-202.

T. T.

T. T.

903 pp. pp. 903

1940a. Minamo Minamo 1940a.

1940c 1940c

P., P.,

A.L. Kaeppler & D. Newton. 1979. The Art of the Pacific Islands. Islands. Pacific the of Art The 1979. Newton. D. & Kaeppler A.L.

& &

& &

N.L.H. Krauss. 1945. Common Insects of Hawaii. Tongg Pub­ Tongg Hawaii. of Insects Common 1945. Krauss. N.L.H.

1941. Warera ga Minami Umi no no Umi Minami ga Warera 1941.

& &

& &

Kontyu Kontyu

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

Zoology] 11: 839-843 839-843 11: Zoology]

J.L. Gressitt. 1955. Insects of Micronesia. Bibliography. Bibliography. Micronesia. of Insects 1955. Gressitt. J.L.

+ +

umi umi

iiber iiber

III pp. pp. III

Naumea Naumea

shimajima no gai gai no shimajima

[New Insects] 1: 174-178. 174-178. 1: Insects] [New

die Insektenfauna der Bonin (Ogasawara)-Inseln (Ogasawara)-Inseln Bonin der Insektenfauna die

= =

+ +

Leipzig]. XXX XXX Leipzig].

II pl. pl. II

kontyu. kontyu.

New Caledonia/ Nouvelle-Caledonie 79: 79: Nouvelle-Caledonie Caledonia/ New

[Inner South Seas, injurious insect insect injurious Seas, South [Inner

kontyu kontyu

[= [=

(10): 71-75]. 71-75]. (10):

+ +

832 832 pp.

so so

Kontyu. Kontyu.

to sono---[South Sea Sea sono---[South to

& &

Sons, Sons, New York. viii

[Our Southern Southern [Our

= =

Or­ 337 337

with with

48 pp. pp. 48

Histoire Histoire

+ +

In In

(Oryctes (Oryctes rhinoceros)

Bulletin Bulletin of B.P. Bishop Museum,

Chapitre Chapitre XIII. Insectes.

. . K. K. Krishna & M.M. Weesner (eds.)

Table Table des Matieres, p. des Table 307;

In In

In In

+ +

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Insects Insects of Micronesia: Origin and Distribution. Preprints,

Bin Bin Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Phasmoidenfauna Neuguineas.

. .

. .

Description Description of Kayangel Atoll, Palau Is. Atoll Research Bul­

. .

Maa, Maa, I.H. Mackerras, Nakata, S. & L.W Quate. Problems 1961.

. . . .

Synopsis Synopsis the of insects of species belonging Phas­ to the family of

. .

1928. 1928. Die Phasmoiden der Deutschen Kaiserin Augusta-Fluss-Expe­

1822, 1822, 1823, 1824 et sous 1825, le comandement du Capitaine Duper­

K. K.

dition dition 1912/13

Mitteilungen Mitteilungen aus den zoologischen Museu zu Berlin, 598-746, 14: pl. I-VII.

109-113. 109-113.

annees annees

Planches, Planches, p. 317; Atlas, pl. [1832]). 10

rey. Arthur Arthur rey. Bertrand, Paris. 152-154 (

tour tour du monde de la corvette de Sa Majeste, la Coquille, execute pendant Jes

(A (A review of the entomological program at the Bernice Bishop P. Museum).

Naturelle Naturelle des Crustaces, Arachnides et Insectes, recueillis dans le voyage au­

graphs graphs 2: 1-94.

Bulletin Bulletin of Entomological America Society of 4: 124-126.

in in the zoogeography of Pacific and Australian insects. Pacific Insects Mono­

Zoology Zoology 5: 11-47.

ings ings of the XIVth International Congress of Zoology, Copenhagen, 1953:

Atoll Atoll Research Bulletin 21: 1-5.

XIVth XIVth International Congress Zoology, of Copenhagen, sep. 1953: lp.

letin letin 14: 1-8

Honolulu Honolulu 212: i-viii, 1-157. reprinted [Also York.] New 1971,

particular particular reference to the Palau Islands

midae. Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman, London. London. Longman, iv Green & midae. Longman, Rees, Brown, Orme,

Forestry Forestry Review 53: 39-48.

Department Department of Internal Affairs Wildlife Publication 99]: 40-42.

March, March, New 1959. Zealand Entomologist, 4 [also reprinted as New Zealand

Commonwealth Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Australia

Biology Biology Termites, of 459-494, 1: Academic Press, York. New

pp. pp.

286: 286: 1-88.

Gunther, Gunther,

Guerin[-Meneville ], F.E. F.E. ], Orthopteres. 1831. Guerin[-Meneville

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. & L.W. Quate. Zoogeography 1958. and evolution of Pacific insects

Gressitt, J.L., T.C Gressitt, J.L.,

Gressitt, Gressitt, 1956b. Some distribution patterns of Pacific Island faunae. Systematic

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. The 1956a. origin and distribution of insects in Micronesia. Proceed­

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. 1953c. Notes on Ngaruangel and Kayangel Atolls, Palau Islands.

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. Introduction. 1954. Insects ofMicronesia i-x, 1: 1-257.

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. 1953b

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. 1953a. The Coconut Rhinoceros Beetle

Gray, G.R. G.R. 1835 Gray,

Gressitt, Gressitt, J.L. 1952

Gray, B. B. Forest insect Gray, 1974. problems in the South Pacific islands. Commonwealth

Given, Given, B.B. 1968. List of insects collected on Niue Island during February and

Gill, Gill, 1885. W.W. Jottings from the Pacific. Religious Tract Society, London. 248

Gay, F.J. F.J. 1969. Species Gay, introduced by man.

Gay, F.J. F.J. Gay, A 1967. world review of introduced species of termites. Bulletin of the 338 338

Hebard, M. 1922. The Dermaptera and Orthoptera of Hawaii. Occasional Occasional Hawaii. of Orthoptera and Dermaptera The 1922. M. Hebard,

Hebard, M. 1917. Dermapterological notes. Proceedings of Academy of Natural Natural of Academy of Proceedings notes. Dermapterological 1917. M. Hebard,

aeaa . Jpns er or 3()[= 98(a).II 1 a'au. [Or­ 1. Bat'tarui. III. (May)]. 1968 [ (5) = 43 Soura Year] [Japanese Z. Hasegawa,

Harris, Harris,

Harris, Harris,

Hanitsch, R. 1936. Fauna Buruana: Blattidae. Treubia 7: 389-400. 389-400. 7: Treubia Blattidae. Buruana: Fauna 1936. R. Hanitsch,

Hanitsch, R. 1933b. The Blattid fauna of Celebes based chiefly on the collections collections the on chiefly based Celebes of fauna Blattid 1933b. The R. Hanitsch,

Hanitsch, R. 1933a. On a collection ofBornean and other Oriental Blattidae from from Blattidae Oriental other and ofBornean collection a On 1933a. R. Hanitsch,

Hanitsch, R. 1925. On a collection of Blattidae from Northern Sarawak, chiefly chiefly Sarawak, Northern from Blattidae of collection a On 1925. R. Hanitsch,

Hanitsch, R. 1923. Malayan Blattidae. Part II. Journal of Royal Asiatic Society, Society, Asiatic Royal of Journal II. Part Blattidae. Malayan 1923. R. Hanitsch,

Hanitsch, R. 1915. Malayan Blattidae. Part I. Journal of Royal Asiatic Society, Society, Asiatic Royal of Journal I. Part Blattidae. Malayan 1915. R. Hanitsch,

Gurney, A.B. 1939. A New Species of Zoraptera from Fiji. Occasional Papers of of Papers Occasional Fiji. from Zoraptera of Species New 1939. A A.B. Gurney,

Gurney, A.B. 1938. A synopsis of the Order Zoraptera, with notes on the biology biology the on notes with Zoraptera, Order the of synopsis 1938. A A.B. Gurney,

Gunther, Gunther,

Gunther, Gunther,

Gunther, Gunther,

Gunther, Gunther,

XXVII). XXVII).

Papers of B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 7: 1-379 (incl. pl. XXVI, XXVI, pl. (incl. 1-379 7: Honolulu Museum, Bishop B.P. of Papers

hokoka-shio. [Ogasawara(= Bonin) Islands occurrences of [plant] diseases diseases [plant] of occurrences Islands Bonin) [Ogasawara(= hokoka-shio.

thopteroids.] thopteroids.]

Agriculture Agriculture

mans, Green & Co., London. xiv xiv London. Co., & Green mans,

Sciences of Philadelphia 69: 231-250, pl. XVI. XVI. pl. 231-250, 69: Philadelphia of Sciences

pl. 12. 12. pl.

Co., London. xii xii London. Co.,

made by by made [and] injurious insects-status report.] [Agricultural Bureau, Ministry of of Ministry Bureau, [Agricultural report.] insects-status injurious [and]

in Basel 44: 119-150. 119-150. 44: Basel in

the Stockholm Museum. Entomologisk Tidskrift 1933: 230-245, 230-245, 1933: Tidskrift Entomologisk Museum. Stockholm the

Mt. Murud and Mt. Dulit. Sarawak Museum Journal 8: 75-106. 75-106. 8: Journal Museum Sarawak Dulit. Mt. and Murud Mt.

the B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 15: 161-165. 161-165. 15: Honolulu Museum, B.P. the Bishop

Washington 40: 57-87. 57-87. 40: Washington

Straits Branch 89: 393-474, pl. pl. 393-474, 89: Branch Straits

Straits Branch 69: 17-178, pl. I-VIL I-VIL pl. 17-178, 69: Branch Straits Willemse, Eigelshoven [I]. Naturhistorisch Maandblad 24: 123-126. 123-126. 24: Maandblad [I]. Naturhistorisch Eigelshoven Willemse,

of Zorotypus hubbardi Caudell. Proceedings of Entomological Society of of Society Entomological of Proceedings Caudell. hubbardi Zorotypus of

Berlin 1939: 75-94. 75-94. 1939: Berlin

mit kritischen Bemerkungen Bemerkungen kritischen mit

44: 153-164. 153-164. 44:

chen Anhang. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu zu Freunde naturforschender Gesellschaft der Sitzungsberichte Anhang. chen

aus Melanesien. Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel Basel in Gesellschaft naturforschenden der Verhandlungen Melanesien. aus

753-835. 753-835.

Ozeaniens. Mitteilungen aus den zoologischen Museum zu Berlin 17 17 ( 1931): Berlin zu Museum zoologischen den aus Mitteilungen Ozeaniens.

W.V. W.V.

W.V. W.V.

K. 1935. Ueber einige Phasmoiden aus der Sammlung des Herrn Dr. C. C. Dr. Herrn des Sammlung der aus Phasmoiden einige Ueber 1935. K.

K. K.

K. K.

K. K.

1933. Ober eine kleine Sammlung von von Sammlung kleine eine Ober 1933.

1934. 1934.

1932. Beitrage zur Systematik und Geschichte der der Geschichte und Systematik zur Beitrage 1932.

1961. Termites: their recognition and control. Longmans, Green Green Longmans, control. and recognition their Termites: 1961.

91 emts ter eonto ad oto (n Eiin. Long­ Edition). (2nd control and recognition their Termites: 1971.

P. P.

and and

& &

In In

Forests,] Tokyo: 14. [In Japanese.] [In 14. Japanese.] Tokyo: Forests,]

Phasmoi:den Phasmoi:den

F. F.

+ +

Ogasawara Jima ni okeru okeru ni Jima Ogasawara

Sarasin. Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft Gesellschaft naturforschenden der Verhandlungen Sarasin.

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

187 187 pp.

von den Talaud-Inseln und von der Insel Morotai Morotai Insel der von und Talaud-Inseln den von

+ +

iiber iiber

9 9 pl.

XII, XII, XIII.

+ +

izle re ud ie zoogeographis­ einen und Arten einzelne

186 186

+ +

VIII pl. pl. VIII

sho sho

Phasmoi:den Phasmoi:den

gai mushi hatzei jokoyo jokoyo hatzei mushi gai

Phasmoi:denfauna Phasmoi:denfauna

und Forficuliden Forficuliden und

339 339 & &

The The Atoll

In In

. .

The The Atoll of Funa­

. .

In In

(Coloured (Coloured Illustrations

24 24 pl.

4: 4: 201-218

+ +

Sufil. Sufil.

E.H. E.H. Bryan et al. Insects of

In In

. .

Konchu Konchu

Charles Charles Hedley, Australian the of Mu­

1-26]. 1-26].

. .

Biogeographie Biogeographie

VII. VII. Kritisches Verzeichnis der bisher von

Mr. Mr.

. .

de de

Summary Summary of the fauna of Funafuti.

Charles Charles Hedley, of the Australian Museum, Syd­

. .

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Societe Societe

Mr. Mr.

. .

W. W. Memoirs of Australian Museum 3 [1896-1900, 8]:

.

Die Die Verbreitung der Insekten aus den lnseln der Pacifischen

. .

"and "and others"] 1899

Entomologische Entomologische Mitteilungen 280-282. 1:

1896. 1896. General account of the Atoll of Funafuti.

. .

. .

. .

seum

schaften schaften Wien zu 84: 537-562 [sep

Oceans. Oceans. Memores de la

senschaftlichen senschaftlichen Forschungsreise nach den Samoainseln, dem Neuguinea­

States States Museum 299-318. 18:

den den Samoainseln bekannten Orthopteren. Denkschriften der mathematisch­

Archipel Archipel und den Salomoninseln

naturwissenschaftlichen naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen­

of of Insect 1000 Species.) Tokyo.

tific tific and Industrial Research, pp. 79 Melbourne. 4

142: 142: 143-148. tude tude Longitude). and 170°W. Commonwealth Australia of Council for Scien­

Terrestrial Terrestrial Arthropods. British Museum (Natural History), London. 7: 1-18,

tralia, tralia, New Guinea and Islands South of the Equator between 140°E. Longi­ 511-535. 511-535.

pl. pl. 1.

seum, seum, Sydney, N.S

Victoria Victoria (N.S.) 38: 95-99.

of of Funafuti, Ellice Group: its zoology, botany, ethnology, and general struc­

ture ture based on collections made by

on on collections made by

futi, futi, Ellice Group: its botany, zoology, ethnology, and general structure based

ney, N.S.W. Memoirs Memoirs N.S.W. ney, Australian of Museum 3 [1896-1900, 1]: 1-71.

Orthoptera Orthoptera of the Marquesas. Bulletin of B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu

cation cation 6 (11)]: 57-65

Entomological Entomological Survey Publication 7 (8)]: 105-140.

ofB.P. ofB.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 113 Entomological [Pacific Survey Publi­

Marquesas Marquesas Islands. Bulletin of Bishop B.P. Museum, Honolulu 114 [Pacific

Honolulu Honolulu 31 (Tanager Expedition Publication 3): 82-88

Hawaii, Hawaii, Johnston Island and Wake Island. Bulletin of Bishop B.P. Museum,

Holmgren, Holmgren, N. 1912. Neue Termiten aus dem Deutschen entomologischen Mu­

Holdhaus, Holdhaus, K. 1934

Holdhaus, Holdhaus, K. 1908. Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse einer wis­

Hirayama, Hirayama, S. Genshoku 1937. Shensu, Zoku

Hincks, Hincks, W.D. 1938. The Dermaptera of Oceania. Journal of Federated Malay

[Hedley, [Hedley, C

Hill, Hill, G.F. 1942. Termites (lsoptera) from the Australian Region (Including Aus­

Hill, Hill, G.F. lsoptera: 1927. Termitidae. Family Insects of Samoa and Other Samoan

Hill, Hill, Termites G.F. 1926. from the Ellice Group. Proceedings of Royal Society of

Hedley, Hedley, C

Hebard, Hebard, M. Marquesan 1935. Insects Additional III. notes on the Dermaptera and

Hebard, Hebard, M. 1933b. Marquesas Insects II. The Dermaptera and Orthoptera of the

Hebard, Hebard, M. 1933a. Dermaptera and Orthoptera from the Society Islands. Bulletin

340 340 Hebard, Hebard, M. 1926. Dermaptera and Orthoptera

Kevan, D.K.McE. 1980. The orthopteroid insects of the Bermudas. Memoirs of of Memoirs Bermudas. the of insects orthopteroid The 1980. D.K.McE. Kevan,

Kevan, D.K.McE. 1965. The orthopteroid insects of Easter Island. Entomologist's Entomologist's Island. Easter of insects orthopteroid 1965. The D.K.McE. Kevan,

Kelsey, J.M. 1945. A termite damaging coconut-palms on Suwarro Island: Island: Suwarro on coconut-palms damaging termite A 1945. J.M. Kelsey,

Kelsey, J.M. 1943. A new termite, termite, new A 1943. J.M. Kelsey,

Kato, Kato,

Kato, Kato,

Kaltenbach, A. 1976. Ergebnisse der osterreichischen Neukaledonien-Expedition Neukaledonien-Expedition osterreichischen der Ergebnisse 1976. A. Kaltenbach,

Johnston, A. 1965. Host list of fungi etc. and insects recorded in the South East East South the in recorded insects and etc. fungi of list Host 1965. A. Johnston,

Ishirara, T. 1954. Nihon [ ...... ]no ]no [ ...... Nihon 1954. T. Ishirara,

Hsiung, C.-C. 1991. The identity of the the of identity The 1991. C.-C. Hsiung,

Hromada, C.J. 1970. Formosan termites on Guam: A massive control job for Ter­ for job control massive A Guam: on termites Formosan 1970. C.J. Hromada,

Hozawa, S. 1932. Isoptera. Isoptera. 1932. S. Hozawa,

Hozawa, S. 1915. Revision of the Japanese termites. Journal of College of Science Science of College of Journal termites. Japanese the of Revision 1915. S. Hozawa,

Houttuyn, M. 1766. Natuurkundige Beschryving der Insekten, Wormen, en en Wormen, Insekten, der Beschryving Natuurkundige 1766. M. Houttuyn,

Hopkins, G.H.E. 1927. Pests of economic plants in Samoa and other island island other and Samoa in plants economic of Pests 1927. G.H.E. Hopkins,

Hopkins, G.H.E. 1927. Pests of economic plants in Samoa and other island island other and Samoa in plants economic of Pests 1927. G.H.E. Hopkins,

Lyman entomological Museum and Research Laboratory 8: i-vi, 1-182, 1 1 pl. 1-182, i-vi, 8: Laboratory Research and Museum entomological Lyman

Technology (B) 27: 65. 65. 27: (B) Technology

Record 77: 283-286. 283-286. 77: Record

the Investigation the Investigation of the Tokyo (Ryokochi Survey.] Green Plain) Belt Tokyo. 11:

nal of Science & Technology (B) 25: 45-53. 45-53. 25: (B) Technology & Science of nal

Zukan (Three colour illustrated insects of Japan.) [Literally: Illustrated and and Illustrated [Literally: Japan.) of insects illustrated colour (Three Zukan

Wien 80: 657-667. 657-667. 80: Wien

und Dictyoptera Neukaledoniens. Annalen des naturhistorischen Museums, Museums, naturhistorischen des Annalen Neukaledoniens. Dictyoptera und

rmCno Iln i h hei Gop PcfcOen NwZaad Jour­ Zealand New Ocean. Pacific Group, Phoenix the in Island Canton from

Calotermes (Neotermes) rainbowi rainbowi (Neotermes) Calotermes

Agriculture Organization Plant Protection Committee for the South East Asia Asia East South the for Committee Protection Plant Organization Agriculture

Asia and Pacific region: region: Pacific and Asia

classified Japanese insects in natural colour.][? .... ], Tokyo. 1: 1: 9 pp. ], Tokyo. .... colour.][? natural in insects Japanese classified

roaches.] roaches.]

& &

toptera: Phasmatidae ). Oriental Insects 25: 171-177. 171-177. 25: Insects Oriental ). Phasmatidae toptera:

[captions on numbered pp. opposite] opposite] pp. numbered on [captions

minix. Pest Control 38 (2): 11, 12, 16, 19, 20, 22, 24, 28. 28. 24, 22, 19, 20, 16, 12, 11, (2): 38 Control Pest minix.

pp., pl. LXVII-LXXIII. LXVII-LXXIII. pl. pp.,

Insectorum Japonicorum [Ed. I]. pp. 2004-2010. Hokoryukan, Tokyo. Tokyo. Hokoryukan, 2004-2010. pp. I]. [Ed. Japonicorum Insectorum

naauwkeurise Atbeeldingen. Atbeeldingen. naauwkeurise

ofTokyo Imperial University 35: 1-161, pl. pl. 1-161, 35: University Imperial ofTokyo

en Mineraalen volgens het Samenstel van den Heer Linnaeus, Met Met Linnaeus, Heer den van Samenstel het volgens Mineraalen en

Insekten. Natuurlyke Historie, ofuitvoerige Beschryving der Dieren, Planten Planten Dieren, der Beschryving ofuitvoerige Historie, Natuurlyke Insekten.

groups; review. Review of Applied Entomology (A) 16: 16: 46-47. (A) Entomology of Applied Review review. groups;

groups. Bulletin of Entomological Research 16: 23-32, I pl. pl. I 16: 23-32, Research Entomological of Bulletin groups.

1965: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der okologischen Verteilung der Orthoptero1dea Orthoptero1dea der Verteilung okologischen der Kenntnis zur Beitrage 1965:

Slakken, Schlupdieren, Hoorens, Zeegewaessen en Plantdieren. Vervolg der der Vervolg Plantdieren. en Zeegewaessen Hoorens, Schlupdieren, Slakken,

M. 1938. (Insect-fauna of Musashino (Tokyo-Fu plainous region)). [Reports on on [Reports (Tokyo-Fu region)). plainous Musashino of 1938. (Insect-fauna M.

M. 1932. (Dermaptera and Orthoptera.) Bunrui Genshoku Nihon Nihon Genshoku Bunrui Orthoptera.) and (Dermaptera 1932. M.

Pacific region, technical Document 16 (Ed. 2): 1-18. 1-18. 2): (Ed. 16 Document technical region, Pacific

Shin-Kontyu Shin-Kontyu

Kevan & Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial & Vickery: Kevan

In, In,

[New Insects] 7 (12): 2-8. [In Japanese]. Japanese]. [In 2-8. (12): 7 Insects] [New

Cocos nucifera nucifera Cocos

T. Esaki, et al. al. Nippon et T. Esaki,

F. F.

Calotermes (Ca/otermes) curvithorax curvithorax (Ca/otermes) Calotermes

Houttuyn, Amsterdam. I (10): [VIII] [VIII] (10): I Amsterdam. Houttuyn,

hokoku hokoku

Hill. New Zealand Journal of Science Science of Journal Zealand New Hill.

Megacrania Megacrania

+ +

L.--Coconut. United Nations Food & & Food Nations United L.--Coconut.

13 13 pp.

?.[nacut fJpns cock- Japanese of account [An [?].

I-Iv. I-Iv.

Konchu Konchu

pce o awn (Cheleu­ Taiwan of species

Zukan: Iconographia Iconographia Zukan:

+ +

Konchu Konchu

n. sp., sp., n.

+ +

50 pl. pl. 50

528 528

341 341

!­ & &

In In

501 pp. pp. 501

+ +

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes hermsi

L.). L.). Kasaragod, Kerala, Central

World Distribution Distribution World of Pests of Co­

. .

sp. nov., an an sp. intestinal nov., flagellate from

Pacific Pacific Region, Technical Document

& &

sp. nov. A A termite from Fanning nov. sp. Island. Uni­

Boletin Boletin Plagas Vegetal, de (Fuera Sanidad de

Hagen. Hagen. University of California Publications

B.M. Baccetti Baccetti B.M. Evolutionary (ed.) Biology Or­ of

(Cocos (Cocos nucifera

Sekai Sekai World) (Insect 365-368. 16:

Pillai. Pillai. 1979a

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

In In

.B. .B.

Espana. Espana.

G G

B. Pillai & K.N. Ponnama. Pillai Ponnama. K.N. B. & Insects mites and 1979b. as­

.

& &

Konchu Konchu

Insects Insects and other invertebrates from Palmyra Atoll and

. .

Staurojoenina Staurojoenina assimilis

Reuni6 Reuni6 International de la Sociedad de Ortopter6logos. Pro­

8 8

Kalotermes Kalotermes minor

1912. 1912. Ogasawara Shima no shiroare. [Ogasawara(= Bonin) Is­

Cryptotermes Cryptotermes hermsi

Sathiama, Sathiama, G

I. I.

1904. 1904. Orthoptera Euplexoptera, Cursoria, et Gressoria. (Forficulidae,

1896. 1896. On some new or rare Phasmidae in the Collection of the British

B. B.

C., C., B. Sathiama

, ,

W.F. W.F.

W.F. W.F.

119: i-viii, i-viii, 1-54. 119: 1-11,

122: 303-408. 303-408. 122:

sociated sociated with coconut palm

lands' lands' White Ants.]

Committee Committee for the South East Asia

Plantation Plantation Crops Research Institute technical Bulletin 3: 93-236. conut. conut. United Nations Food & Agriculture Organization Plant Protection

Christmas Christmas Island. Proceedings of Hawaiian Entomological Society 15:

Kalotermitidae Kalotermitidae (lsoptera). Bulletin American of Museum of Natural History

1989 Valsain (Segovia), (Segovia), Valsain 1989

Orthoptera. Orthoptera. Trustees of the British Museum, London. x 1: 217-220. 217-220.

logical logical Society 9. 13:

Serie) 20: Serie) 105-123.

in Zoology in Zoology 29: 25-102, pl. 1-7. 447-475, 447-475, pl. 39, 40.

Museum. Museum. Transactions of Linnean Society of London (2, Zoology) 6:

Hemimeridae, Hemimeridae, Blattidae, Mantidae, ). A Phasmidae Synonymic Catalogue of

the the termite,

sects sects the of Maldive Islands. Journal of Orthoptera Research 4: 223-236. Kirby. University University Kirby. of California Publications Zoology in 29: 103-120, pl. 8, 9.

versity versity Press, Melbourne.

sia-a sia-a preliminary survey.

ceedings ceedings of 5th International Meeting of Orthopterists' Society 17-20 julio,

versity versity of California Publications Zoology in 26: 437-441.

book book for Students and Research Workers: Supplement pp. 1974, 48-49. Uni­

Actas Actas de la 5.

thopteroid thopteroid Insects, pp. 296-342. Ellis Chichester. Horwood,

Kuwana, Kuwana, [S.]

Kurian, Kurian, C.,

Kurian

Krishna, Krishna, K. 1961. A generic revision, and phylogenetic study of the family

Krauss, Krauss, N.L.H. 1953

Krauss, Krauss, N.L.H. 1947. Johnston Island Insects. Proceedings of Hawaiian Entomo­

Kirby, Kirby,

Kirby, Kirby,

Kirby, Kirby, H. 1926b. The intestinal flagellates of the termite,

Kirby, H. H. Kirby, On 1926a.

Kirby, H. H. Kirby, 1925.

Key, K.H.L. Key, K.H.L. 1974. Phasmatodea (stick-insects). The Insects of Australia: A Text­

Kevan, Kevan, D.K.McE, & Kevan. P.G. A 1995. preliminary record of orthopteroid in­

342 342 Kevan, Kevan, D.K.McE. 1990. Introduced grasshoppers and crickets in Micronesia. Kevan, Kevan, D.K.McE. 1987. Orthoptera, s. str., and Grylloptera, or grigs, of Microne­

Maehler, Maehler,

Mackerras, M.J. 1968. Australian Blattidae (Blattodea). VIII. The The VIII. (Blattodea). Blattidae Australian 1968. M.J. Mackerras,

Light, S.F. & E.C. Zimmerman, 1936. Termites of southeastern Polynesia. Occa­ Polynesia. southeastern of 1936. Termites Zimmerman, E.C. S.F. & Light,

Light, S.F. & F.J. Wilson, 1936. The nasute termites of the Philippines. Philippine Philippine Philippines. the of termites S.F. 1936. nasute F.J. & The Light, Wilson,

Light, S.F. 1946. Insects of Guam II. Isoptera. Isoptera of Guam. Bulletin of B.P. B.P. of Bulletin Guam. of Isoptera Isoptera. II. Guam of 1946. S.F. Insects Light,

Light, S.F. 1935b. Termites from the Society Islands. Bulletin of B.P. B.P. Mu­ of Bishop Bulletin Islands. Society the 1935b. S.F. from Termites Light,

Light, S.F. 1935a. The Templeton Crocker expedition of the California Academy Academy California the of expedition Crocker Templeton The 1935a. S.F. Light,

Light, S.F. 1932c. Key to the Marquesan species of termites with records of host host of records with termites of species Marquesan the to Key 1932c. S.F. Light,

Light, S.F. S.F. 1932b. Light,

Light, S.F. 1932a. Termites of the Marquesas Islands. Bulletin of of B.P. Mu­ Bishop Bulletin Islands. Marquesas 1932a. S.F. the of Termites Light,

Light, S.F. 1931. Present status of our knowledge of the termites of China. Ling­ China. of termites the of knowledge our of status 1931. Present S.F. Light,

Lepesme, P. [et al.] 1947. Les Insectes des Palmiers. Paul Lechevalier, Paris. [iv] [iv] Paris. Lechevalier, Paul Palmiers. des Insectes Les 1947. al.] P. [et Lepesme,

Light, S.F. 1924. The termites (white ants) of China with descriptions of six new new six of descriptions with China of ants) (white termites 1924. S.F. The Light,

ihesen AAH 10.A israin n w ntrl eea ihro con­ hitherto genera natural two on dissertation A 1802. A.A.H. Lichtenstein,

Lichtenstein, A.A.H. 1796. Catalogus musei Zoologici ditissimi Hamburgi, d. III. III. d. Hamburgi, ditissimi Zoologici musei Catalogus 1796. A.A.H. Lichtenstein,

Lever, Lever, R.J.A.

e ulo, EJF]14... l ecito d 3 see nuels d'Orthop­ nouvelles especes 23 de description .la ... 1841. [E.J.F.] Guillou, Le

Proceedings of Hawaiian Entomological Society 15: 15: 5. Society Entomological Hawaiian of Proceedings

237-331, pl. 1-3. 1-3. pl. 237-331,

plants and distribution. Bulletin of B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 98: 98: Honolulu Museum, Bishop B.P. of Bulletin distribution. and plants Journal of Science 60: 461-520. 461-520. 60: Science of Journal

Bishop Museum, Honolulu 189: 189: 9. Honolulu Museum, Bishop

group; subgen. subgen. group;

sional Papers ofB.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu 12: 12: 3-12. Honolulu Museum, Bishop ofB.P. Papers sional

the Marquesas Islands. Bulletin of B.P. Bishop Bishop B.P. of Bulletin Islands. Marquesas the

seum, Honolulu 113: 113: 3-5. Honolulu seum,

of Sciences (4) 21: 235-256, pl. 9, 10. 10. 9, pl. 235-256, 21: (4) Sciences of nan Science. Journal 7 (1929): 581-600. 581-600. 7 (1929): Journal Science. nan

of Sciences, 1932. No. 20. The termites. Proceedings of California Academy Academy California of Proceedings termites. The 20. 1932. No. Sciences, of

ment de la Zoologie, de l' Anatomie comparee et de la Palaeontologie 4: 4: Palaeontologie la de et comparee l' Anatomie de Zoologie, la de ment

teres, teres,

Februar 1796. Auctionis lege distrahendi. Sectio Tertia Continens Insecta. Insecta. Continens Tertia Sectio distrahendi. lege Auctionis 1796. Februar seum, Honolulu 98: 73-86, pl. 1-3. 1-3. pl. 73-86, 98: Honolulu seum,

ture Organization agricultural Studies, Rome. 77: i-xiv, 1-190. 1-190. i-xiv, 77: Rome. Studies, agricultural Organization ture

species [I]. China Journal of Science and Arts 2: 50-60. 50-60. 2: and Arts Science of Journal [I]. China species

292-295. 292-295.

6: 1-39, pl. 1, 1, 2. pl. 1-39, 6:

founded under the name of Mantis. Transactions of Linnean Society, Society, London Linnean of Transactions Mantis. of name the under founded

Gottl[ieb] Friedr[ich] Schniebes, Hamburg. XIII+ 224 pp. pp. 224 XIII+ Hamburg. Schniebes, Friedr[ich] Gottl[ieb]

ologique par la la par ologique

171-176. 171-176.

169-170. 169-170.

+ +

903 pp. pp. 903

[K.L.] [K.L.]

recueillis pendant son voyage autour du monde sur la la sur monde du autour voyage son pendant recueillis

W. W.

1969. Pests of the Coconut Palm. United Nations Food & & Food Agricul­ Nations United Palm. Coconut of 1969. the Pests

1953. 1953.

Kalotermes (Glyptotermes)juddi: (Glyptotermes)juddi: Kalotermes

Societe Societe

Melanozosteria Melanozosteria

Tenodera australasiae australasiae Tenodera

Kevan & & Kevan Vickery

Cuvierienne; Association universelle pour l l pour 'Avance­ universelle Association Cuvierienne;

: :

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial

Stal. Stal.

Australian Journal of Zoology 16: 16: Zoology of Journal Australian

(Leach). (Leach).

a new species of termite from from of termite a species new

In In

Museum, Museum,

Notes and Exhibitions. Exhibitions. and Notes

Zelee. Zelee.

Honolulu 98: 98: Honolulu

Platyzosteria Platyzosteria

Revue zo­ Revue 343 343

Gifil Gifil

Hokoku Hokoku

de Wood­ de

l'ile l'ile

Chosa Chosa

[The [The Ogasawara

(Illustrated (Illustrated Common

d'Agriculture d'Agriculture de Lyon

[Tokyo Prefecture Prefecture [Tokyo Gov­

In, In,

Sekai (The Insect World), World), Insect (The Sekai

Kontyu. Kontyu.

Agriculture Agriculture Organization

Ogasawara-to Ogasawara-to [or -shima]

& &

In In

Societe Societe

Tocho Tocho

Konchu Konchu

Essai Essai sur la faune de

7)]. 7)].

In In

[Illustrations [Illustrations of Japanese Insects.] pp.

(Part (Part

[not Tokyo]. Tokyo]. [not

In, In,

Gifil Gifil

Micronesica Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Sekai Sekai (The Insect World), 16: 440-444, pl. XXIII.

Konchu Konchu

1963. 1963. Terrestrial ecology of Kapingamarangi Atoll, Caroline Is­

1912. 1912. Daikoku shiroari ni butsukite. [Observations on the Daikoku

as as "Konchu" Editor.] 1911. 65. Ogasawara Shima no shiroari. 65. [No.

W.A. W.A.

Y., Y.,

U. U.

15: 423 423 421-424]. [whole, 15:

1382-1388. 1382-1388. [?],Tokyo.

[not Tokyo]. [in Japanese.] Japanese.] [in Tokyo]. [not

(7). [White-ants Research Research (7). [White-ants reports

Ogasawara(= Ogasawara(= Bonin) Islands' white-ants.] In 61-70. Shiroari

lands. lands. Ecological Monographs 33: 131-160.

(2), 7 (2), (1): 79-90.

XIV. XIV.

cific Insects Insects Monographs cific 2: 107-121.

Philosophical Philosophical Transactions, Royal Society, London 136: 283-294, pl.

lark lark ou Moiou. 1851-1852. I. Annales de la

Co., Tokyo. 2 2 Tokyo. + Co., 3 + 3 + 23 + pp.+ 1497 Index 191 + pp.+ (iv) pl. [In 10

[FAO] Publication TA 3246: 3246: Publication i-v, TA 1-35. [FAO]

white-ant.] white-ant.]

lands. Atoll Atoll lands. Research Bulletin 28: 1-28.

(= (= Bonin) Islands their Insects.] and Hakubutsu-no-Tomo [Naturalists' Com­ Japanese.] Japanese.]

matteri matteri della Micronesia. Mushi, 73-80. 13:

ernment, ernment, Branch], Ogasawara Tokyo.

Insects Insects of Japan.) pp. 5: + pl. ? Japan. Shunyodo, Japanese.] [In

Tokyo. 4 4 Tokyo. + 2 + 971 + 2 + pp. 116 + 8 + pis. Japanese.] [In

Colony Colony on a Survey of Insect Pests of Crops. (United Nations Development Forests.] Forests.] pp. 118-119. Fu, Tokyo Ogasawara

no no Gaikyo oyobi Shiuriu = [Outline of Ogasawara ( Bonin) Islands and their

menta menta pp.[? 1: 184 ... Japanese.] [In Tokyo. ],

Programme Programme GEI/70/002). United Nations Food

panion] panion] 6 (30): 13-16. Japanese.] [In

[Nawa, [Nawa,

Menozzi, Menozzi, C. Results 1941. of Prof. Esaki's Micronesian Expedition, No. 43. Der­

Niering, Niering,

Moul, Moul, E.T. 1954. Preliminary report on land animals at Onotoa Atoll, Gilbert Is­

Montrouzier, Montrouzier, (le Pere)-. Orthopteres. 1855.

Nawa, Nawa,

Nakata, Nakata, S. 1961. Some notes on the occurrence of Phasmatodea in Oceania. Pa­

Newport, Newport, G. 1844. On the reproduction oflost parts in Myriapoda and Insects.

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. (Conspectus 1932. of Japanese Injurious Insects.) !none Book Co.,

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. 1931. (6000 Illustrated Insects of Japanese-Empire.) !none Book

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. 1935. Dermaptera.

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. Neuroptera: 1933. Orthoptera: Odonata.

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. 1914. Euplexoptera and Orthoptera.

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. Nihon 1913. Senchu Zukai. (Thousand Insects of Japan). Additi­

Matsumura, Matsumura, S. 1906. Ogasawara Shimajima bisono no

Manser, Manser, P.D. 1974. Report to the Government of the Gilbert and Ellice Islands 344 344 aly RG 14. noooia osrain i te asal Crln and Caroline Marshall, the in observations Entomological 1946. R.G. Oakley,

Oakley, R.G. 1953. Notes on economic insects in Micronesia. Proceedings of 7th of Proceedings Micronesia. in insects economic on Notes 1953. R.G. Oakley, Oshima, 1914b. Nihon 1914b. Oshima, Oshima, M. 1913. Notes on termites of Japan, with description of one new species. newone of description with ofJapan, on termites 1913. Notes M. Oshima,

sia M 11a wi eeTrie-re vnJpn Zooice Anzeiger Zoologischer Japan. von Termiten-Arten neue Zwei 1914a. M. Oshima,

sia M 11a aoi Siaia hrae itue [con o aoie Is­ Caroline of [Account tsute. ni shiroare Shimajima Karorin 1917a. M. Oshima, an, .. 98 Ivsiain o te ilgcl oto i Fj o h Coconut the of Fiji in control biological the for Investigation 1968. R.W. Paine, Station Biological Tropical Palao Islands. Palao from Termites 1942. M. Oshima,

Oshima, M. 1917b. Three new species of termites from Caroline Islands. Annota­ Islands. Caroline from termites of species new 1917b. Three M. Oshima,

Pohl, wn P 1971. Owen,[List RP. eso, ..17."ueis ee. oaiis dts n aes fteiscs col­ insects the of labels and dates Localities, rese". "Eugenies 1971. P.I. Persson,

ogat R 16. cai Mtooy te yh o Plnsa Micronesia, Polynesia, of myths the Mythology; Oceanic 1967. R. Poignant,

ot,RWL 1949 R.W.L. Potts,

ohm EJ rnl, . 97 eea n Seis fte empea 4 Dermaptera the of Species and Genera 1967. A. Brindle, & E.J. Popham,

ayRprs Hnll 1 2: -2 (mimeo). 1-82 14 (2): Honolulu Reports, pany

aii Sine oges NwZaad 14 : 174-185. 1949 4: Zealand, New Congress, Science Pacific

Philippine Journal of Science of Journal Philippine Islands. Mariana

in. Di hki Shiroari Shikai Dai tions.] orh ht-n Rsac Rpr o te awn oenet Laboratory], Government Taiwan the of Report Research White-ant Fourth

44: 289-292. 44:

Taihoku [Taipei]: 1-6. [In Japanese.] [In 1-6. [Taipei]: Taihoku in olgce aoess : 195-200. 9: Japonenses Zoologicae tions ad wieat. Di oki Shiroari Rokkai Dai white-ants.] lands

Taihoku [Taipei]: 1-8. [In Japanese.] [In 1-8. [Taipei]: Taihoku ritory of the Pacific ofthe ritoryIslands. Koror, Caroline Islands""Palau,

Entomologist, [U. S.] Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands: i Pacific Islands:S.] [U. Entomologist,Trust the Territory of

tc insect stick 381-389. 2: Studies Laboratory], Government Taiwan the of Report Research White-ant [Sixth 47-48. L. Friederichsohn & Co., Hamburg. Co., & Friederichsohn L. 47-48. XXVII-XXVIII. pl. 567-604, 57: search

etd uig h oae rud h ol b h Seih rgt "Eugenie" frigate Swedish the by world the around voyage the during lected rnh rnlto, 98 Mtooi oenen; Polynesie oceanienne; Mythologie 1968: translation, French T Entomologisk 1851-1853. years the in Melanesie,

eaei, utai. aln ok, odn vi London. Books, Hamlyn Australia. Melanesia,

aii Sine or o h [.. ainl eerh oni Isc Control Insect Council Research [U.S.] National the of Board Science Pacific

oia, adcne Srnyoslne Nsgsrne Ioyia and Isopyginae Nesogastrinae, Strongylopsalinae, Vandicinae, cominae,

omte frMcoei, oouu 5: -3 (mimeo). 1-23 (5): 5 Honolulu Micronesia, for Committee

prtia (Labiidae) Sparattinae

141 pp.

C

.

.(d) 1884 (ed.) A.

+

1 pl.]

Australie. Traduction de Claude Ciccione. O.D.E.G.E., Paris. vi Paris. O.D.E.G.E., Ciccione. Claude de Traduction Australie.

refa crouanii Graejfea

.

rlmnr rpr o nisc sre ofTruk survey insect an on report Preliminary

.

In

ot]

net (Orthoptera). Insecta

Kevan

so

cnmc uvyo irnsa US omril Com­ Commercial U.S. Micronesia, of Survey Economic

Insect Pests of EconomicPlants[United States]of Trust Ter­

hrae siua [aaee an o ht-ns addi­ white-ants, of fauna [Japanese tsuikuwa. shiroare

.

h noogs 100: Entomolgist The

&

Vickery

Chosa

(D)

:

L Gilu. ultn f noooia Re­ Entomological of Bulletin Guillou). (Le

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids

8: 271-280.

Hokoku

Jn

i

Chosa

srf 9: 164-172. 92: dskrift

Museum Godeffroy Catalog IX pp. IX Catalog Godeffroy Museum

35-38.

awn Sotokofu Taiwan

Hokoku

+

4 p. 1p. [Also pl. 1 pp., 141

Sotokofu

;

+

Office of the Chief of Officethe

12 pp. (mimeo). 12 pp.

.

Reports of the of Reports

,

Micronesie,

Kenkyusho

Kenyfisho

.

Peri­

345

+ Brunner

K.

In

Brunner Wat­ von

K.

In

Notulae Naturae 157: 1-11.

The Atoll of Funafuti, Ellice

In

Valanga.

Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Charles Hedley, Australianthe of Museum, N.S.W. Sydney,

Mr.

J. Redtenbacher (eds), Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden. 20-180, pl.

1969. Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea: Fam. Blattellidae. Ortho­ &

1965. Blattariae: Subordo Blaberoidea: Fam. Oxyhaloidae, Panesthi­

1967. Blattariae: Subordo Polyphagoidea: Fam. Polyphagidae. Ortho­

1964. Blattariae: Subordo Blaberoidea: Fam. Panchloridae, Gynopelti­

1966.Blattariae: Subordo Blattoidea: Fam. Blattidae, Nocticolidae. Or­

K.

K.

K.

K.

K.

lungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel 68: 132-159.

dae, Derocalymmidae, Perisphaeriidae, Pycnoscelidae. Orthopterorum Cata­ logus 6: 173-281.

idae, Cryptocercidae, Chorisoneuridae, Oulopterygidae, Diplopteridae, Ana­

283-400.

plectidae, Archiblattidae, Nothoblattidae. Orthopterorum thopterorum Catalogus Catalogus 8: 401-614. 7: Group: its zoology, botany, ethnology, and general structure based on collec­

pterorum Catalogus 13: 711-1038. pterorum Catalogus 11: 615-710.

tenwyl tions made by 339-572, pl. XVI-XXVII. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig. Memoirs Australian of Museum, 3 [1896-1900, 2]: 87-102, pl. I. I-VI. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig. von Wattenwyl & J. Redtenbacher (eds), Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden. the journal, the and, though late in publication, it was distributed in December of the same year, not early in 1904, when the volume was completed.] Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 55: 701-708. [The date of this paper is usually cited as 1904, but it appeared in the October, 1903number of

the description of a new subspecies of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 56: 38-107. gaster (Dermaptera: Labiidae: Nesogasteridae). Proceedings of Academy of actions American of Entomological Society 75: 97-107. tions American of Entomological 4: Society 165-171. 7

Entomological Society 75: 109-111. Natural Sciences Philadelphia of 98: 219-239.

346

Princis, L. 1957. Zur Kenntnis der Blattarien der Kleinen Sundainseln. Verhand­

Princis,

Princis, Princis,

Princis,

Princis,

Prudhomme, L. Le?, Cocotier. Paris;??: ??pp. [Original not seen]. Rainbow, W.J. The 1897. insect fauna of Funafuti.

Redtenbacher, Tribus J. Bacillini-Tribus1906. Phyllinae. Redtenbacher, J. 1908.Tribus Phibalosomini-Tribus Necrosciini.

Rehn, J.A.G. 1903. Studies in Old World Mantidae (Orthoptera). Proceedings of

Rehn, J.A.G. 1904. Studies in the orthopterous family Phasmidae. Proceedings of Rehn, J.A.G. 1946. Five new species of earwigs of the Indo-Pacific genus Neso­ Rehn, J.A.G. 1945. Orthoptera from Ulithi Atoll, western Caroline Islands, with Rehn, J.A.G. 1949a. Dermaptera records from various Pacific islands. Transac­

Rehn, J.A.G. 1949c. Dermaptera records from Guam. Transactions of American Rehn, J.A.G. 1949b.Dermaptera collected by the Mangarevan Expedition. Trans­ Rehn, J.A.G. & J.W.H. Rehn& J.A.G. Rehn,

os ES 15.A e seis f mipea rm cai. rceig of Proceedings Oceania. from Embioptera of species new A 1951. E.S. Ross, os E Ross,

Ross, E.S. 1984. A synopsis of the Embioptera of the United States. Proceedings States. United the of Embioptera the of synopsis 1984. A E.S. Ross,

Roth, L.M. 1967. Sexual Isolation in Parthenogenetic in Isolation Sexual 1967. L.M. Roth,

oh LM 18.Te genus The 1984. L.M. Roth,

Roth, L.M. 1986. The genus 1986. The L.M. Roth,

oh LM 18. oe aenclu ad pga ccrahs ih i new six with cockroaches epigean and cavernicolous Some 1988. L.M. Roth,

oh LM 18.A aooi rvso o te genus the of revision taxonomic A 1985. L.M. Roth,

oh .. 90 okoce fo h rktu sad (itotr: Blattaria). (Dictyoptera: Islands Krakatau the from Cockroaches 1990. L.M. Roth,

Roth, L.M. 1991. New combinations, synonymies, redescriptions, and new species new and redescriptions, synonymies, 1991. combinations, New L.M. Roth,

Roth oh L.M. Roth,

o,R 97 eea bevtos ntesseais ofMantodea. systematics on the observations General 1987. Roy, R.

aa, . 90.Absc uvy o ueia txnm o h Carcinophoridae, the of taxonomy numerical for survey basic A 1970a. S. Sakai,

Sakagami

aa, . 90.A ai sre fr ueia txnm o te aide the Labiidae, the of taxonomy numerical for survey basic A 1970b. S. Sakai,

Philadelphia 90: 389-489, pl. 31-38. pl. 389-489, 90: Philadelphia

I.-Phasmatidae: Obriminae. Proceedings of Academy of Natural Sciences of Sciences of Natural of Academy Proceedings Obriminae. I.-Phasmatidae:

aainEtmlgcl oit 14: 307-310 Society Entomological Hawaiian

of Entomological Society of Washington 86: 82-93. 86: of Washington Society Entomological of

n Apiain f h Name the of Application and (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blaberidae: Pycnoscelinae). Annals of Entomological of Annals Pycnoscelinae). Blaberidae: Blattaria: (Dictyoptera:

Blattaria, Blattellidae). Entomologica Scandinavica 17: 189-214. 17: Scandinavica Entomologica Blattellidae). Blattaria,

Memoirs of Museum of Victoria 50: 357-358. 50: of Victoria Museum of Memoirs 15: 25-63. Scandinavica Entomologica Blattellidae). Blattaria, (Dictyoptera,

pea Batra Batlia) Etmlgc Sadnvc, upeet 22: Supplement Scandinavica, Entomologica Blattellidae). Blattaria: optera,

pce, n icsin fteNcioia (itotr: ltai) Revue Blattaria). (Dictyoptera: Nocticolidae the of discussion a and species, Society of America 60: 774-779. 60: of America Society

fccrahs msl Id-utain Blattellidae Indo-Australian mostly cockroaches, of 5: 953-1021. 5: oinMselnos olcin 11 -i 140 p. 1-36. pl. 1-470, 141: i-vi, Collections Miscellaneous sonian

noooia Scey fAeia 4 12-25. 54: of America Society Entomological 297-321. 95: Zoologie de Suisse

Horwood, Chichester. Horwood, 1-8

the Dermaptera of the world. Dermapterorum Catalogus Praeliminaris, 1 [ 1 Praeliminaris, Catalogus Dermapterorum world. the of Dermaptera the

tan of strains Dermaptera of the world. Dermapterorum Catalogus Praeliminaris 2 [ 2 Praeliminaris Catalogus Dermapterorum world. the of Dermaptera

et (d) vltoay ilg o rhpeod net, p 4348 Ellis 483-488. pp. Insects, Orthopteroid of Biology Evolutionary (ed.) cetti

1-221. ,

ilBlei o h at uk Uiest,Tko2: 1-177. Tokyo 2]: University, Bunka Daito the of Bulletin cial

Shin

Special Bulletin of Daito Bunka University, Tokyo, 1]: 1-91. 1]: Tokyo, University, Bunka Daito of Bulletin Special

L.M

.

.15.TeIscs fMcoei: mipea Iscs fMcoei 8 Micronesia of Insects Embioptera. Micronesia: of Insects 1955. The S.

.

,

Konchu

.

. 93 aks Sia na Shima Maakasu 1953. S.

.. ils 16.Te itc soitos fccrahs Smith­ cockroaches. of associations biotic The 1960. Willis. E.R. &

&

ynseu surinamensis Pycnosce/us

.. ils 16.A td o te ieul n parthenogenetic and bisexual the of study A 1961. Willis. E.R.

[New Insects] 6 (5): 23-29. [In Japanese.] [In 23-29. (5): 6 Insects] [New

Kevan

&

.

Symp/oce

Symploce

98 h rhpea ftePiipn Ilns Part Islands Philippine the of Orthoptera The 1938.

Vickery

ynseu indicus Pycnoscelus

:

o-attra orthopteroids Non-saltatorial

ead V.Arcn pce. (Dictyoptera: species. African VI. Hebard.

Hebard. I. Species from the West Indies West the from Species I. Hebard.

ryoko.

Batra: plmrde. nas of Annals Epilampridae). (Blattariae:

A ecrin o acs Island.] Marcus to excursion [An

.

ynseu surinamensis Pycnoscelus

Blattel/a

.

o t Bsxa Relative Bisexual Its to

netbae Taxonomy Invertebrate

adl (Dicty­ Caudell

In,

B.M. Bac­ B.M.

=

Spe­

347

=

:

. Cata­

Catalog

Catalog

In

Helfrich,

In

In

P.

&

Revue Suisse de Zo­

.

Orthoptera.

Burch,

.

Special Bulletin of Daito

Dermapterorum Catalogus

B.L.

.

=

Friedrichsen & Co., Hamburg.

L.

Anisolabididae Verhoeff (1902) et Kevan

ibid. 39: same pagination!]

V.

pp. 18-23.

&

V,

Micronesica 30(2), 1997

(eds.) 1879. Insecta. Ordo I. Orthoptera.

(eds.) 1877. Insecta. Ordo 1

(eds.) 1869. C. lnsecta, Ordo I, Orthoptera.

Special Bulletin of Daito Bunka University, Tokyo 20];

D.H. Devaney, E.S. Reese,

Pohl.

Pohl.

Pohl.

nebst einer Beilage, enthaltend: topographische Notizen;

[=

G.M. Nishida. 1987. Insects and allies (Arthropoda) of

In

C.A.

C.A.

IV,

&

&

&

.

Special Bulletin of Daito Bunka University, Tokyo 5]: 1-265.

1-108.

[=

[Pp. 3218-3749 are bound between pp. (3750-)3924 & 3925(-3929); pp.

(1980) and The Illustration series of the Anisolabididae Verhoeff (1902) et

for Integrated Taxonomy of the Dermaptera of the World. Dermapterorum Catalogus Praeliminaris, Tokyo; Daito Bunkya University 23: 3218-3929. Kevan (1980) for Integrated Taxonomy of the Dermaptera of the World. Dermapterorum Catalogus Praeliminaris 20 [ 3278-3347 are from Bulletin of the Daito Buna University (Natural Sci­ Bunka University, Tokyo 33]: i-ii, 1380-2277 and 2278-2647. [For technical the Dermaptera of the world. Dermapterorum Catalogus Praeliminaris 6 (1) one volume designated "XIX" (which included XX, Part 2), and the earlier

to the check-list of the Dermaptera of the world "XX" (Part I).] Praeliminaris 14

ologie 3: 299-364, pl. IX.

log der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den natuhistorischen Expedi­ ences), 29: 1-136; 3348-3749 reasons, pp. i & ii and 2278-2647 (Series Iconographia V) were published in (eds.) The Natural History ofEnewetakAtoll. Biogeography and Systematics 2: 247-277. United States Department of Energy, Oak Ridge, TN.

der Herren Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn Hamburgin (Museum Godeffroy Cata­ log) VI. Nachtrage zu Catalog

der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditio­ froy Catalog) Beschreibung neuer Bryozoen von Senator Dr. Kirschenparer zu Hamburg Enewetak Atoll. pp. 1380-2277 (Series Explicatio V) separately and subsequently in volume 29-32. Wilhelm Manke Sohne, Hamburg.

priens (Insectes Orthopteres de la Famille des Blattides) der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen

tionen der Herren Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn Hamburg.in (Museum Godef­

froy Catalog) VII. und einer neuen Asteriden-Gattung von Dr. Chr. Liitken zu Kopenhagen, pp.

nen der Herren Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg. (Museum Godef­

Sakai, S. 1987. Iconographia-Series

Sakai, S. 1971. A basic survey for the numerical taxonomy of the Chelisochidae,

Sakai, S. A new proposed classification of the Dermaptera with special reference

348

Samuelson, G.A.

Saussure, H. de. 1895. Revision de la tribu Panesthiens et de celle des Epilam­ Sakai, S. 1991. Iconographia VIII. The illustration Series The of Spongiphoridae I.

Schmeltz, J.D.E. & C.A. Schmeltz, J.D.E.

Schmeltz, J.D.E iblhee Aiai vrert) n Nctae u aao V I u den aus VI & V Catalog zu Nachtrage und vertebrata) (Animalia Wirbelthiere

hlod R 10. rhpea a. ltia Sba. hlormia. Wyts­ Phyllodromiinae. Subfam. Blattidae Fam. Orthoptera 1908. R. Shelford,

hlod . 9la rhpea a.Batde ufm plmrne Wytsman Epilamprinae. 's Subfam. 19 Blattidae Fam. R. Shelford, lOa. Orthoptera

hlod . 90.Ototr Fm ltia Subfam Blattidae Fam. Orthoptera 1910b. R. Shelford, Schnee,

Seurat, L.G. 1934. La faune et le peuplement de la Polynesie la de le peuplement et faune 1934. La L.G. Seurat,

Shiraki, T. 1911. Phasmiden und Mantiden Japans. Annotationes Zoologicae Japo­ Zoologicae Annotationes Japans. Mantiden undShiraki, 1911. T. Phasmiden

hrk,T 98 empee asdmKisrih aa.Isca Matsumurana Insecta Japan. Kaiesrreich dem aus Dermapteren 1928. T. Shiraki,

Shiraki, T. 1931. Orthoptera of the Japanese Empire Part II. Blattidae. Insecta Mat­ Insecta PartII. Blattidae. Shiraki, Empire of Japanesethe 1931. T. Orthoptera Shiraki, T. 1905. Neue Forficuliden Japans. Transactions of Sapporo Natural His­ Natural Sapporo of Transactions Japans. Forficuliden 1905. Neue T. Shiraki,

hrk, . 96 i Batdn aas Anttoe Zooia Jpnni 6: Japonensis Zoologicae Annotationes Japans. Blattiden Die 1906. T. Shiraki,

hrk,T 13.Dratr ad Orthoptera. and Dermaptera 1932. T. Shiraki,

Shiraki, T. 1950. Orthoptera (2) [Blattodea] and Dermaptera. and [Blattodea] (2) Orthoptera 1950. T. Shiraki, mt, R.M., Smith,

iao,A 18.Ls yhlge d lIsce hsor due acnto. Li­ fascination. d'une histoire l'Insecte: de Mythologies Les 1985. A. Siganos,

Simmonds, H. Simmonds, of the islands in the W. palm coconut 1925. of the diseases and Pests

imns HW 13. oou pss n dsae i Mlnsa n southern and Melanesia in diseases and pests Coconut 1938. H.W. Simmonds,

ndr .. 99 aao o h emts(spea o h ol. Smithsonian World. the of (Isoptera) Termites the of Catalog 1949. T.E.Snyder,

Stal,

iibrigen Klassen, pp. 64-70. L. Friedrichsen & Co., Hamburg. Co., & Friedrichsen L. 64-70. pp. Klassen, iibrigen

a' eeaIscou 7:12,p. 1-3. pl. 1-29, 73: Insectorum Genera man's

ekne zrFuadrIslNuu Zooice arice (Systematik) Jahrbiicher Zoologische Nauru. Insel der Fauna zur merkungen

de la de Nippon

a) ysa' eeaIscou 19 -i 12,p. 1, 2. pl. 1-27, 109: i-ii, Insectorum Genera Wytsman's nae).

tory Society 1: 91-96, pl. III. pl. 1: 91-96, Society tory 20: 387-412. 20:

nensis 7: 291-331. 7: nensis eeaIscou 11 -i 12,p. 1, 2. pl. 1-21, 101: i-ii, Insectorum Genera

ua: cngaha netrm aoiou [d l, p 23-05 and 2033-2035 pp. l], [Ed. Japonicorum Insectorum Iconographia Zukan:

3: 1-25. 3: braire des Meridiens, Paris. 398 pp. Paris. Meridiens, des braire sumurana 5: 171-209. 5: sumurana

2036-2114. Hokoryukan, Tokyo. Hokoryukan, 2036-2114.

nepetalactone in the defensive secretion of the coconut stick insects, stick coconut of the secretion defensive in the nepetalactone reprint [Also Tokyo. Hokuryukan, 70-75. and 54-59 pp. Reformata, onda,

I-IY.

Polynesia

crouani.

Miscellaneous Collections 112: 1-490. 112: Collections Miscellaneous rgte Egne rs okig odn under jorden omkring resa Eugenies fregatten pl. 1-31, 16: Fiji Agriculture, of Department of Bulletin Pacific. southern

17-35, pl. II. pl. 17-35,

1957.]

C. 1860. Insekter C.

P.

Societe

e a. 10.De adan dr ashl-nen es engn Be­ einigen nebst Marschall-Inseln der Landfauna Die 1904. al.] [et

Konchu

Journal of Chemical Ecology 5: 727-735. 5: Ecology Chemical of Journal

. J.J.

Bulletin of the Department of Agriculture, Fiji 20 Fiji of Agriculture, Department the of Bulletin

de la de

rpy GWK ail & ..Dve. 99 rddas and Iridodials 1979. Davies. N.W. & Cavill, G.W.K. Brophy,

ua: cngaha scou Jpncrm dto Sec­ Editio Japonicorum Isectorum Iconographia Zukan:

[IV]

Kevan

Biogeographie

Orthoptera species novas descripsit. Kongliga Svenska Kongliga speciesnovas descripsit. Orthoptera

&

ikr:Nnslaoil orthopteroids Non-saltatorial Vickery:

4: 41-74. 4:

In

T. Esaki et al. Nippon al. et Esaki T.

befal

.

ltia (=Periplaneti­ Blattinae

f .. Virgin C.A. af

fran~aise.

In

H. Uchida et al. et Uchida H.

:

-9 pl. 1-39,

Memoires

Graeffea

Konchu

I-IY.

aren

349 V.

fiir

Brindle, 1972

Chaetolabia

H. Majit Konung Oscar den

pd

Entomologique BelgiqueLXII-LXVIII. 20:de

Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Societe

10", numbered "V" only and dated 1861. The 1910 aug­

(Le Guillou), with systemic insecticides. Bulletin of Ento­

Annales Historico-naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici 79:

.

"Haft

Fieber, 1853 (Dermaptera, Carcinophoridae). Reichenbachia 17:

C. Especes 1877. nouvelles de Phasrnides, decrites par C. Stal [sic]. Compte

1851-1853. Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser

113-118. 139-144.

[There has much[Therebeen confusion publication the date over of part,this usu­of

(Dermaptera). Deutsche Entomologische 25: Zeitschrift 173-189. (N.F.) ally given as because 1861, it was seemingly re-issued with the Lepidoptera 57-69.

(Dermaptera) Graejfea crouanii (Dermaptera). Annales Historico-naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici 75: ologischer Anzeiger ologischer 401-418. 197: Foorstes befallning ... KI. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien (Trycki. P.A. (Dermaptera: Acta Labiidae). Zoologica Hungarica 33: 177-186.

(Dermaptera, Labiidae). Annales Historico-naturales Musei Nationalis Hun­ garici 77: 121-126. published in Thanks Persson, to 1860. Dr. P.I. Stockholm, for his assistance.] Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift 26: 275-298. rendu in Annales de laAnnales rendu de in

Norstedt & Soner), Stockholm. 2 (Zoologi) (1, Insecta): 299-350, pl. cinophoridae (I.). Entomologische Abhandlungen des Staatsmuseurn Tierkunde zu Dresden 48: 63-82.

part (V) in mented reprint of the whole work indicates that the "Orthoptera" part was Kluver Academic Kluver Publications, Dordecht. pp. 934

en Beschryvingen der Spooken, Wandelende Bladen, Zabelspringhaanen,

Labiduridae andApachyidae. Tierreich Das 105: 1-495.

reich 106: 1-550.

mological Research 60: 49-51.

Anisolabis

Stal,

Steinmann, H. 1976. A study for the higher tax.a of the Labiidaethe of (Dermaptera). Zo­ Steinmann, the A higher for study tax.aH. 1976.

Steinmann, H. 1978. Zoogeographical dispersity of Carcinophoridae

Steinmann, H. 1979a. A Revision of the Indo-Australian species of the genus

Steinmann, H. A 1979b. survey of the zoogeography of Labiidae (Dermaptera). Steinmann, H. 1987a. A new reclassification of the family Chelisochidae Stelzer, M.J. Preliminary 1970. studies on the control of the coconut stick insect, 350 Steinmann, H. 1983. A study of the higher tax.a of the Chelisochidae Steinmann, H. 1987b. Two new genera and species for the subfamily Labiinae Steinmann, H. 1984. Synopsis of Dermaptera of the world. Part 4: Family Car­ Steinmann, H. Dermaptera, 1988. Part II: Catadermaptera (II): Carcinophoridae,

Steinmann, H. 1985. A revision of the genus Steinmann, H. Dermaptera, 1989a. Part III: Eudermaptera (I): Labiidae. Tier­ Das

Steinmann, H. WorldCatalogue of 1989b. Derrnaptera (Series Entomologica 43).

Stoll', C. Natuurlyke 1787. en naar't leeven naauwkeurig Afbeeldingengekleurde ntdNtos Fo n giutr Ognzto Rgoa Ofc frAi and Asia for Office Regional Organization Agricultureand Food Nations, United

Thaxter, R. 1902. Preliminary diagnoses of new species of Laboulbeniaceae-V. of species new of diagnoses Preliminary 1902. R. Thaxter,

hxe,R 10.Cnrbto twr oorp o h aoleica. Part Laboulbeniaceae. the of monographa toward Contribution 1908. R. Thaxter,

ons .. 1946 Townes, H.K. (Mar­ Atoll Kwajalein from arthropods other and Insects 1972a. B.B. Sugerman,

sne, .. .L ies 15.Teisc lf o m. tl Rsac Bul­ Research Atoll Amo. of life insect The 1953. Rivers. La I. & R.L. Usinger, Island[s]) (Marshall Island Lib of Insects 1972b. B.B. Sugerman, wie G 16. h ccnt tc insect stick coconut The 1969. G. Swaine, Valentini, M.B. 1704. Museum Museorum, oder vollstaendige oder Museorum, Museum 1704. M.B. Valentini, Swezey, O.H. 1914. Insects from Palmyra Islands. Proceedings of Hawaiian Ento­ Hawaiian of Proceedings Islands. Palmyra from 1914. Insects Swezey, O.H.

ntd ain, od n Arclue raiain ?A Jhso, compiler] Johnston, A. [? Organization Agriculture and Food Nations, United Guam. of survey entomological an on report preliminary A 1936. H. Swezey,

wzy .. 90 sre o te net et o cliae pat i Guam. in plants cultivated of pests insect the of survey A 1940. O.H. Swezey,

wzy .. 91 uvyo h isc et o utvtdpat i um [5: Guam in plants cultivated of pests insect the of survey 1941. A O.H. Swezey,

Swezey, O.H. 1946. Insects of Gaum II. Orthoptera and related orders. Orthoptera orders. related and Orthoptera II. Gaum of 1946. Insects Swezey, O.H.

Krekels, Treksprinkhaanen en Kakkerlakken. in alle vier deelen der waereld. der deelen vier alle in Kakkerlakken. en Treksprinkhaanen Krekels, uoa Ai, fia n mrk. Rpeetto eatmn coloree exactement Representation / Amerika. en Afrika Asia, Europa,

Hawaiian Entomological Society 21: 287-289. 21: Society Entomological Hawaiian

'pe ntr dsSete,DsMne, e Sueels DsGiln, Des Grillons, Des Sauterelles, Des Mantes, Des Spectres, des nature d'apres

I:Europe,

aainPatr' eod4: 151-182. 44: Record Planters' Hawaiian 271-286. 21: Society Entomological Hawaiian of Proceedings Islands). shall

mological Society 3: 15-16. 3: Society mological rqes tDs lte. u s tovs as e qars ate d monde. du parties quatres les dans trouves se Qui Blattes. Des et Criquets Hawaiian Planters' Record 40: 307-314. 40: Record Planters' Hawaiian 56 pp. + XVIII pl. XVIII + 56 pp.

cnmc uvy fMcoei, ..Cmeca Cmay eot, Hon­ Reports, Company Commercial U.S. Micronesia, of Survey Economic Conclusion]. Guam Recorder 18: 15, 16, 15, 40. 39, 18: Recorder Guam Conclusion].

the Far East[? A, Johnston, compiler]. 1961. [Host List [Host 1961. compiler]. Johnston, A, East[? Far the 189: Honolulu Museum,B.P. of Bishop Bulletin Gaum. of orders related and 75-77 24: Oleagineaux 3-8. uzn n Gbac as nee Mtra-Knt n Naturalien-Kam- und Kunst- Material- anderen aus Gebrauch und Nutzen Proceedings of American Academy of Arts & Sciences 38: 7-57. 38: Sciences & of Arts Academy of American Proceedings

aii region. Pacific

ll 1 1: -4 (mimeo). 1-54 14 (1): olulu

Protection Committee for South East Asia South for Committee Protection Region: Pacific and Asia East South the in ment (Bangkok) 16: 1-8 16: (Bangkok) ment

I eor o mrcn cdm o rs Sine (N Sciences & Arts of Academy American of Memoirs II.

letin 15: 1-28. 15: letin

aeiln n Seeee es drnntelce Bshebn Election, Beschreibung natuerlichen deren nebst Specereyen und Materialen

162-178.

92 ot ito ug t.adiscsrcre i h SuhEs sa and Asia East South the in recorded insects and etc. fungi of list Host 1962.

I:Asie,

.

Results of an entomological inspection tour of Micronesia.of tour inspection entomological an of Results

oo nucifera Cocos

I:Afrique

Kevan

.

&

.

Vickery

et

I:Amerique.

:

Non-saltatorial orthopteroids

. oou. nin oou Junl 15: Journal Coconut Indian Coconut. L.

&

Cocos nucifera Cocos

J.C. Sepp, Amsterdam. [1]: (ii)+ [1]: Sepp, Amsterdam.J.C.

refa crouani Graeffea

Pacific Region Technical Docu­ Technical Region Pacific

of]

Schau-Biihne

.

.Ccnt Plant Coconut. L.

S.) 13: 219-469 13: S.)

net recorded Insects

.

rceig of Proceedings

e Guillou. Le

aller

351

In

. VI. [In

V,

[An excur­

Entomologische

[Proceedings of]

ryoko.

In

in the Collection of the

Bodenlause.

Insects

ii-xx.ii, 1-679, pl. I-VIII. 1,

I-IY,

Micronesica 30(2), 1997

Bishop Museum of Honolulu. Eos, Madrid, Tom. extra­

P.

D.K.McE Kevan. 1983. A monograph of the orthopteroid insects

&

fahrung Zurn Vorschub der studirenden Jugend ... J.D. Zunners, Franckfurt am Maeyn. 1: [XXVI] + 520 pp.; 2: [IV] + 76 pp.; + 3: [ 119 + 13pp.; 16

mem Oost- und West-Indischen Reiss-Beschreibungen curiosen Zeit- und Tag-Registem Natur- und Artztney-Kuendigem wie auch sebst-einigen Er­

tomological Society 13: 18-19. tails, see Antiquariaat Junk b.v. 1991, Catalogue 261: 20-21.] of Canada and adjacent regions. Memoir of Lyman entomological Museum & Hawaiian Entomological Society 13: 207. Hawaiian Entomological Society 11: 300-312. ton Island. Atoll Research Bulletin 42: 1-11. (Supplement): 1-387. pl. [Original not yet seen. There was also a 1714 edition; for full title and de­

Research Laboratory (1): 13

Verhandlungen des naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Hamburg (N.F.) 9

British Museum Part I. Phasmidae. iv+ pp. 195 +XL+ pl. Trustees 8 of the 31-42. Zeitschrift 79: 29-51. British Museum, London. from the Bernice ord. (1950): 325-361, pl. IX-XI. Zoologie (2Abt.). 4 (2) [2 (15)]: 1-12. The 264th regular meeting of the Hawaiian Entomological Society ... Pro­ ceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society 7 (1928): 214.

sion to the Mariana Islands' Pagan Island.] Akitsu 3: 180-188, pl. 67-75. [In Mandarin.] Willemse. Publicaties van het natuurhistorische Genootschap in Limburg 16: land (Loo-Choo)). Biographia, Tokyo 3: 127-130. [In Japanese.]

mantids.] [Research Reports of the Forestry Institute of China, Beijing] 2: Japanese.]

352

Van Zwaluwenburg, R.H. 1943. The insects of Canton Island. Proceedings of

Van Zwaluwenburg, [R.H.] 1947. Iwo Jima insects. Proceedings of Hawaiian En­

Van Zwaluwenburg, [R.H.] 1948. A termite on Canton Island. Proceedings of Weidner, H. 1970. Ordnung Zoraptera (Bodeblause). Kiikenthal's Handbuch der Van Zwaluwenburg, R.H. 1955. The insects and certain other arthropods of Can­ Weidner, H. 1967. Geschichte der Entomologie in Hamburg. Abhandlungen und

Vickery, V.R. Weidner, H. 1969. Die Ordnung Zoraptera oder

Whitney, [L.A.] .... 1929 rice straw ... and ... termites ...

Westwood, J.O. 1859. Catalogue of Orthopteran Willemse, C.[J.M.] 1951. On a collection of Orthoptera from the Caroline Islands

Willemse, F.[M.H.] 1966. List of new taxa of Orthoptera, described by C.

Yan, J.J., C.H. Xu, D.F. Yao & Y.M. Li. Yan,C.H. .... J.J., & Yao Xu, 1981 D.F. [Biological study of six species of Yasumatsu, K. 1940a. Mariana Shimajima Pagan Shima he no

Yashiro, H. 1939. Minami-Daito Shima no konchu. (Insects of Minami-Daito Is­

Zimmerman, E.C. 1957. Supplement to to 1957. 6: of Volumes Supplement Hawaii. Five. One to Insects E.C. Zimmerman,

Zacher, Zacher,

Received 1 Sep 1996, revised 27 27 revised 1996, 1 Sep Received

Yasumatsu, K. 1942. 1942. Yasumatsu, Take K.

Zimmerman, E.C. 1948. Apterygota to Thysanoptera inclusive. Insects of Hawaii. Hawaii. of Insects inclusive. Thysanoptera to 1948. Apterygota E.C. Zimmerman, Yasumatsu, K. 1940b. Evaniidae of Micronesia (Hymenoptera). [Results of Pro­ of [Results (Hymenoptera). Micronesia of Evaniidae 1940b. K. Yasumatsu,

Zacher, Zacher,

2: x x 2:

Japanese.]. Japanese.].

Takarazuka Kontyukan Kontyukan Takarazuka

Kenkyu Kenkyu

der keiserliche biologische Anstalt Anstalt biologische keiserliche der

Kokospalmen. Tropenpflanzer 16: 16: 484-493. Tropenpflanzer Kokospalmen.

fessor T. Esaki's Micronesia Expedition, 1936-1940, No. 48.] 48.] No. 1936-1940, Expedition, Micronesia Esaki's T. fessor

73-119. 73-119.

177-201. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu. Honolulu. Press, of Hawaii University 177-201.

F. F.

F. F.

+ +

1913. Die Schadlinge der Kokospalmen auf den Siidseeinseln. Siidseeinseln. Arbeiten den auf Kokospalmen der Schadlinge 1913. Die

1912. 1912. Notizen

475 pp. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu. Honolulu. Press, Hawaii of University pp. 475

[Study oflnsects] 4 (1-2): 19-21. 19-21. (1-2): 4 oflnsects] [Study

Kevan Kevan

iiber iiber

kontyu kontyu

July July

Po Po

& &

Vickery: Non-saltatorial orthopteroids orthopteroids Non-saltatorial Vickery:

1997 1997 Schadlinge tropischer Kulturen. 1. Schadlinge der der Schadlinge 1. Kulturen. tropischer Schadlinge

[Takarazuka Entomological Bulletin] 18: 1-20 1-20 18: Bulletin] Entomological [Takarazuka

no tamango. [Bamboo (i.e., Stick) insects' eggs.] eggs.] insects' Stick) (i.e., [Bamboo no tamango.

fiir fiir

Land- und Forstwissenschaft, Berlin 9: 9: Berlin Forstwissenschaft, und Land-

Kontyu Kontyu

[In [In 353 353